annotate runtime/doc/usr_41.txt @ 20643:c2beb6baa42c v8.2.0875

patch 8.2.0875: getting attributes for directory entries is slow Commit: https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/6c9ba0428041d5316871245be38c13faa0107026 Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> Date: Mon Jun 1 16:09:41 2020 +0200 patch 8.2.0875: getting attributes for directory entries is slow Problem: Getting attributes for directory entries is slow. Solution: Add readdirex(). (Ken Takata, closes https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/5619)
author Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
date Mon, 01 Jun 2020 16:15:03 +0200
parents 8eed1e9389bb
children 770a8e9c4781
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
19721
bceeded72898 Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 19657
diff changeset
1 *usr_41.txt* For Vim version 8.2. Last change: 2020 Mar 15
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3 VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5 Write a Vim script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
8 The Vim script language is used for the startup vimrc file, syntax files, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
9 many other things. This chapter explains the items that can be used in a Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
10 script. There are a lot of them, thus this is a long chapter.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
11
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
12 |41.1| Introduction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
13 |41.2| Variables
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
14 |41.3| Expressions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
15 |41.4| Conditionals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
16 |41.5| Executing an expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
17 |41.6| Using functions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
18 |41.7| Defining a function
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
19 |41.8| Lists and Dictionaries
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
20 |41.9| Exceptions
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
21 |41.10| Various remarks
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
22 |41.11| Writing a plugin
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
23 |41.12| Writing a filetype plugin
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
24 |41.13| Writing a compiler plugin
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
25 |41.14| Writing a plugin that loads quickly
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
26 |41.15| Writing library scripts
793
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
27 |41.16| Distributing Vim scripts
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
28
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
29 Next chapter: |usr_42.txt| Add new menus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
30 Previous chapter: |usr_40.txt| Make new commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
31 Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
32
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
33 ==============================================================================
129
2983cde45542 updated for version 7.0044
vimboss
parents: 112
diff changeset
34 *41.1* Introduction *vim-script-intro* *script*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
35
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
36 Your first experience with Vim scripts is the vimrc file. Vim reads it when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
37 it starts up and executes the commands. You can set options to values you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
38 prefer. And you can use any colon command in it (commands that start with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
39 ":"; these are sometimes referred to as Ex commands or command-line commands).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
40 Syntax files are also Vim scripts. As are files that set options for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
41 specific file type. A complicated macro can be defined by a separate Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
42 script file. You can think of other uses yourself.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
43
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
44 Let's start with a simple example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
45
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
46 :let i = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
47 :while i < 5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
48 : echo "count is" i
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
49 : let i += 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
50 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
51 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
52 Note:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
53 The ":" characters are not really needed here. You only need to use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
54 them when you type a command. In a Vim script file they can be left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
55 out. We will use them here anyway to make clear these are colon
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
56 commands and make them stand out from Normal mode commands.
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
57 Note:
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
58 You can try out the examples by yanking the lines from the text here
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
59 and executing them with :@"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
60
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
61 The output of the example code is:
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
62
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
63 count is 1 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
64 count is 2 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
65 count is 3 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
66 count is 4 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
67
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
68 In the first line the ":let" command assigns a value to a variable. The
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
69 generic form is: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
70
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
71 :let {variable} = {expression}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
72
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
73 In this case the variable name is "i" and the expression is a simple value,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
74 the number one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
75 The ":while" command starts a loop. The generic form is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
76
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
77 :while {condition}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
78 : {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
79 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
80
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
81 The statements until the matching ":endwhile" are executed for as long as the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
82 condition is true. The condition used here is the expression "i < 5". This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
83 is true when the variable i is smaller than five.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
84 Note:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
85 If you happen to write a while loop that keeps on running, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
86 interrupt it by pressing CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-Windows).
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
87
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
88 The ":echo" command prints its arguments. In this case the string "count is"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
89 and the value of the variable i. Since i is one, this will print:
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
90
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
91 count is 1 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
92
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
93 Then there is the ":let i += 1" command. This does the same thing as
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
94 ":let i = i + 1". This adds one to the variable i and assigns the new value
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
95 to the same variable.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
96
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
97 The example was given to explain the commands, but would you really want to
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
98 make such a loop, it can be written much more compact: >
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
99
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
100 :for i in range(1, 4)
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
101 : echo "count is" i
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
102 :endfor
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
103
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
104 We won't explain how |:for| and |range()| work until later. Follow the links
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
105 if you are impatient.
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
106
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
107
16871
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
108 FOUR KINDS OF NUMBERS
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
109
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
110 Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal, octal or binary. A hexadecimal number
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
111 starts with "0x" or "0X". For example "0x1f" is decimal 31. An octal number
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
112 starts with a zero. "017" is decimal 15. A binary number starts with "0b" or
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
113 "0B". For example "0b101" is decimal 5. Careful: don't put a zero before a
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
114 decimal number, it will be interpreted as an octal number!
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
115 The ":echo" command always prints decimal numbers. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
116
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
117 :echo 0x7f 036
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
118 < 127 30 ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
119
16871
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
120 A number is made negative with a minus sign. This also works for hexadecimal,
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
121 octal and binary numbers. A minus sign is also used for subtraction. Compare
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
122 this with the previous example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
124 :echo 0x7f -036
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
125 < 97 ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
126
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
127 White space in an expression is ignored. However, it's recommended to use it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
128 for separating items, to make the expression easier to read. For example, to
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
129 avoid the confusion with a negative number above, put a space between the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
130 minus sign and the following number: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
131
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
132 :echo 0x7f - 036
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
133
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
134 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
135 *41.2* Variables
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
136
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
137 A variable name consists of ASCII letters, digits and the underscore. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
138 cannot start with a digit. Valid variable names are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
139
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
140 counter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
141 _aap3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
142 very_long_variable_name_with_underscores
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
143 FuncLength
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
144 LENGTH
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
145
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
146 Invalid names are "foo+bar" and "6var".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
147 These variables are global. To see a list of currently defined variables
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
148 use this command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
149
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
150 :let
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
152 You can use global variables everywhere. This also means that when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
153 variable "count" is used in one script file, it might also be used in another
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
154 file. This leads to confusion at least, and real problems at worst. To avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
155 this, you can use a variable local to a script file by prepending "s:". For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
156 example, one script contains this code: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
157
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
158 :let s:count = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
159 :while s:count < 5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
160 : source other.vim
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
161 : let s:count += 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
162 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
164 Since "s:count" is local to this script, you can be sure that sourcing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
165 "other.vim" script will not change this variable. If "other.vim" also uses an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
166 "s:count" variable, it will be a different copy, local to that script. More
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
167 about script-local variables here: |script-variable|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
168
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
169 There are more kinds of variables, see |internal-variables|. The most often
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
170 used ones are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
171
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
172 b:name variable local to a buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
173 w:name variable local to a window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
174 g:name global variable (also in a function)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
175 v:name variable predefined by Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
176
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
177
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
178 DELETING VARIABLES
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
180 Variables take up memory and show up in the output of the ":let" command. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
181 delete a variable use the ":unlet" command. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
182
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
183 :unlet s:count
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
184
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
185 This deletes the script-local variable "s:count" to free up the memory it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
186 uses. If you are not sure if the variable exists, and don't want an error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
187 message when it doesn't, append !: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
188
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
189 :unlet! s:count
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
190
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
191 When a script finishes, the local variables used there will not be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
192 automatically freed. The next time the script executes, it can still use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
193 old value. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
194
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
195 :if !exists("s:call_count")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
196 : let s:call_count = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
197 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
198 :let s:call_count = s:call_count + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
199 :echo "called" s:call_count "times"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
201 The "exists()" function checks if a variable has already been defined. Its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
202 argument is the name of the variable you want to check. Not the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
203 itself! If you would do this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
204
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
205 :if !exists(s:call_count)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
206
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
207 Then the value of s:call_count will be used as the name of the variable that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
208 exists() checks. That's not what you want.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
209 The exclamation mark ! negates a value. When the value was true, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
210 becomes false. When it was false, it becomes true. You can read it as "not".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
211 Thus "if !exists()" can be read as "if not exists()".
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
212 What Vim calls true is anything that is not zero. Zero is false.
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
213 Note:
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
214 Vim automatically converts a string to a number when it is looking for
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
215 a number. When using a string that doesn't start with a digit the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
216 resulting number is zero. Thus look out for this: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
217 :if "true"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
218 < The "true" will be interpreted as a zero, thus as false!
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
220
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
221 STRING VARIABLES AND CONSTANTS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
223 So far only numbers were used for the variable value. Strings can be used as
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
224 well. Numbers and strings are the basic types of variables that Vim supports.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
225 The type is dynamic, it is set each time when assigning a value to the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
226 variable with ":let". More about types in |41.8|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
227 To assign a string value to a variable, you need to use a string constant.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
228 There are two types of these. First the string in double quotes: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
229
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
230 :let name = "peter"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
231 :echo name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
232 < peter ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
233
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
234 If you want to include a double quote inside the string, put a backslash in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
235 front of it: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
237 :let name = "\"peter\""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
238 :echo name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
239 < "peter" ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
240
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
241 To avoid the need for a backslash, you can use a string in single quotes: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
243 :let name = '"peter"'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
244 :echo name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
245 < "peter" ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
246
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
247 Inside a single-quote string all the characters are as they are. Only the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
248 single quote itself is special: you need to use two to get one. A backslash
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
249 is taken literally, thus you can't use it to change the meaning of the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
250 character after it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
251 In double-quote strings it is possible to use special characters. Here are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
252 a few useful ones:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
254 \t <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
255 \n <NL>, line break
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
256 \r <CR>, <Enter>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
257 \e <Esc>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
258 \b <BS>, backspace
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
259 \" "
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
260 \\ \, backslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
261 \<Esc> <Esc>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
262 \<C-W> CTRL-W
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
263
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
264 The last two are just examples. The "\<name>" form can be used to include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
265 the special key "name".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
266 See |expr-quote| for the full list of special items in a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
267
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
268 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
269 *41.3* Expressions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
271 Vim has a rich, yet simple way to handle expressions. You can read the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
272 definition here: |expression-syntax|. Here we will show the most common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
273 items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
274 The numbers, strings and variables mentioned above are expressions by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
275 themselves. Thus everywhere an expression is expected, you can use a number,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
276 string or variable. Other basic items in an expression are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
278 $NAME environment variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
279 &name option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
280 @r register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
281
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
282 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
283
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
284 :echo "The value of 'tabstop' is" &ts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
285 :echo "Your home directory is" $HOME
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
286 :if @a > 5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
287
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
288 The &name form can be used to save an option value, set it to a new value,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
289 do something and restore the old value. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
290
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
291 :let save_ic = &ic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
292 :set noic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
293 :/The Start/,$delete
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
294 :let &ic = save_ic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
295
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
296 This makes sure the "The Start" pattern is used with the 'ignorecase' option
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
297 off. Still, it keeps the value that the user had set. (Another way to do
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
298 this would be to add "\C" to the pattern, see |/\C|.)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
299
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
301 MATHEMATICS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
302
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
303 It becomes more interesting if we combine these basic items. Let's start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
304 mathematics on numbers:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
305
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
306 a + b add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
307 a - b subtract
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
308 a * b multiply
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
309 a / b divide
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
310 a % b modulo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
311
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
312 The usual precedence is used. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
314 :echo 10 + 5 * 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
315 < 20 ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
316
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
317 Grouping is done with parentheses. No surprises here. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
318
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
319 :echo (10 + 5) * 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
320 < 30 ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
321
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
322 Strings can be concatenated with ".". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
323
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
324 :echo "foo" . "bar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
325 < foobar ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
327 When the ":echo" command gets multiple arguments, it separates them with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
328 space. In the example the argument is a single expression, thus no space is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
329 inserted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
330
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
331 Borrowed from the C language is the conditional expression:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
332
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
333 a ? b : c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
334
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
335 If "a" evaluates to true "b" is used, otherwise "c" is used. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
336
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
337 :let i = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
338 :echo i > 5 ? "i is big" : "i is small"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
339 < i is small ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
341 The three parts of the constructs are always evaluated first, thus you could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
342 see it work as:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
343
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
344 (a) ? (b) : (c)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
345
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
346 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
347 *41.4* Conditionals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
348
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
349 The ":if" commands executes the following statements, until the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
350 ":endif", only when a condition is met. The generic form is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
351
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
352 :if {condition}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
353 {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
354 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
356 Only when the expression {condition} evaluates to true (non-zero) will the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
357 {statements} be executed. These must still be valid commands. If they
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
358 contain garbage, Vim won't be able to find the ":endif".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
359 You can also use ":else". The generic form for this is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
360
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
361 :if {condition}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
362 {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
363 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
364 {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
365 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
366
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
367 The second {statements} is only executed if the first one isn't.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
368 Finally, there is ":elseif":
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
369
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
370 :if {condition}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
371 {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
372 :elseif {condition}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
373 {statements}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
374 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
375
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
376 This works just like using ":else" and then "if", but without the need for an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
377 extra ":endif".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
378 A useful example for your vimrc file is checking the 'term' option and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
379 doing something depending upon its value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
380
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
381 :if &term == "xterm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
382 : " Do stuff for xterm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
383 :elseif &term == "vt100"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
384 : " Do stuff for a vt100 terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
385 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
386 : " Do something for other terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
387 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
389
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
390 LOGIC OPERATIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
392 We already used some of them in the examples. These are the most often used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
393 ones:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
394
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
395 a == b equal to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
396 a != b not equal to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
397 a > b greater than
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
398 a >= b greater than or equal to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
399 a < b less than
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
400 a <= b less than or equal to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
401
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
402 The result is one if the condition is met and zero otherwise. An example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
403
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
404 :if v:version >= 700
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
405 : echo "congratulations"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
406 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
407 : echo "you are using an old version, upgrade!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
408 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
409
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
410 Here "v:version" is a variable defined by Vim, which has the value of the Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
411 version. 600 is for version 6.0. Version 6.1 has the value 601. This is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
412 very useful to write a script that works with multiple versions of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
413 |v:version|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
414
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
415 The logic operators work both for numbers and strings. When comparing two
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
416 strings, the mathematical difference is used. This compares byte values,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
417 which may not be right for some languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
418 When comparing a string with a number, the string is first converted to a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
419 number. This is a bit tricky, because when a string doesn't look like a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
420 number, the number zero is used. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
421
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
422 :if 0 == "one"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
423 : echo "yes"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
424 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
425
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
426 This will echo "yes", because "one" doesn't look like a number, thus it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
427 converted to the number zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
428
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
429 For strings there are two more items:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
430
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
431 a =~ b matches with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
432 a !~ b does not match with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
434 The left item "a" is used as a string. The right item "b" is used as a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
435 pattern, like what's used for searching. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
437 :if str =~ " "
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
438 : echo "str contains a space"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
439 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
440 :if str !~ '\.$'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
441 : echo "str does not end in a full stop"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
442 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
443
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
444 Notice the use of a single-quote string for the pattern. This is useful,
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
445 because backslashes would need to be doubled in a double-quote string and
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
446 patterns tend to contain many backslashes.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
448 The 'ignorecase' option is used when comparing strings. When you don't want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
449 that, append "#" to match case and "?" to ignore case. Thus "==?" compares
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
450 two strings to be equal while ignoring case. And "!~#" checks if a pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
451 doesn't match, also checking the case of letters. For the full table see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
452 |expr-==|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
453
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
454
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
455 MORE LOOPING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
457 The ":while" command was already mentioned. Two more statements can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
458 in between the ":while" and the ":endwhile":
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
459
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
460 :continue Jump back to the start of the while loop; the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
461 loop continues.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
462 :break Jump forward to the ":endwhile"; the loop is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
463 discontinued.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
464
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
465 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
466
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
467 :while counter < 40
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
468 : call do_something()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
469 : if skip_flag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
470 : continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
471 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
472 : if finished_flag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
473 : break
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
474 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
475 : sleep 50m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
476 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
477
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
478 The ":sleep" command makes Vim take a nap. The "50m" specifies fifty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
479 milliseconds. Another example is ":sleep 4", which sleeps for four seconds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
480
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
481 Even more looping can be done with the ":for" command, see below in |41.8|.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
482
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
483 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
484 *41.5* Executing an expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
485
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
486 So far the commands in the script were executed by Vim directly. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
487 ":execute" command allows executing the result of an expression. This is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
488 very powerful way to build commands and execute them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
489 An example is to jump to a tag, which is contained in a variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
491 :execute "tag " . tag_name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
492
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
493 The "." is used to concatenate the string "tag " with the value of variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
494 "tag_name". Suppose "tag_name" has the value "get_cmd", then the command that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
495 will be executed is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
497 :tag get_cmd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
498
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
499 The ":execute" command can only execute colon commands. The ":normal" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
500 executes Normal mode commands. However, its argument is not an expression but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
501 the literal command characters. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
502
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
503 :normal gg=G
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
504
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
505 This jumps to the first line and formats all lines with the "=" operator.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
506 To make ":normal" work with an expression, combine ":execute" with it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
507 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
508
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
509 :execute "normal " . normal_commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
510
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
511 The variable "normal_commands" must contain the Normal mode commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
512 Make sure that the argument for ":normal" is a complete command. Otherwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
513 Vim will run into the end of the argument and abort the command. For example,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
514 if you start Insert mode, you must leave Insert mode as well. This works: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
515
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
516 :execute "normal Inew text \<Esc>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
517
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
518 This inserts "new text " in the current line. Notice the use of the special
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
519 key "\<Esc>". This avoids having to enter a real <Esc> character in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
520 script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
521
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
522 If you don't want to execute a string but evaluate it to get its expression
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
523 value, you can use the eval() function: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
524
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
525 :let optname = "path"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
526 :let optval = eval('&' . optname)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
527
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
528 A "&" character is prepended to "path", thus the argument to eval() is
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
529 "&path". The result will then be the value of the 'path' option.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
530 The same thing can be done with: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
531 :exe 'let optval = &' . optname
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
532
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
533 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
534 *41.6* Using functions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
536 Vim defines many functions and provides a large amount of functionality that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
537 way. A few examples will be given in this section. You can find the whole
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
538 list here: |functions|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
539
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
540 A function is called with the ":call" command. The parameters are passed in
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
541 between parentheses separated by commas. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
543 :call search("Date: ", "W")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
544
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
545 This calls the search() function, with arguments "Date: " and "W". The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
546 search() function uses its first argument as a search pattern and the second
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
547 one as flags. The "W" flag means the search doesn't wrap around the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
548 the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
549
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
550 A function can be called in an expression. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
551
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
552 :let line = getline(".")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
553 :let repl = substitute(line, '\a', "*", "g")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
554 :call setline(".", repl)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
555
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
556 The getline() function obtains a line from the current buffer. Its argument
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
557 is a specification of the line number. In this case "." is used, which means
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
558 the line where the cursor is.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
559 The substitute() function does something similar to the ":substitute"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
560 command. The first argument is the string on which to perform the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
561 substitution. The second argument is the pattern, the third the replacement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
562 string. Finally, the last arguments are the flags.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
563 The setline() function sets the line, specified by the first argument, to a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
564 new string, the second argument. In this example the line under the cursor is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
565 replaced with the result of the substitute(). Thus the effect of the three
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
566 statements is equal to: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
567
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
568 :substitute/\a/*/g
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
570 Using the functions becomes more interesting when you do more work before and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
571 after the substitute() call.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
572
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
573
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
574 FUNCTIONS *function-list*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
575
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
576 There are many functions. We will mention them here, grouped by what they are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
577 used for. You can find an alphabetical list here: |functions|. Use CTRL-] on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
578 the function name to jump to detailed help on it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
579
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
580 String manipulation: *string-functions*
16235
219c58b3879c patch 8.1.1122: char2nr() does not handle composing characters
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16208
diff changeset
581 nr2char() get a character by its number value
219c58b3879c patch 8.1.1122: char2nr() does not handle composing characters
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16208
diff changeset
582 list2str() get a character string from a list of numbers
219c58b3879c patch 8.1.1122: char2nr() does not handle composing characters
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16208
diff changeset
583 char2nr() get number value of a character
219c58b3879c patch 8.1.1122: char2nr() does not handle composing characters
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16208
diff changeset
584 str2list() get list of numbers from a string
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
585 str2nr() convert a string to a Number
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
586 str2float() convert a string to a Float
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
587 printf() format a string according to % items
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
588 escape() escape characters in a string with a '\'
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
589 shellescape() escape a string for use with a shell command
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
590 fnameescape() escape a file name for use with a Vim command
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
591 tr() translate characters from one set to another
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
592 strtrans() translate a string to make it printable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
593 tolower() turn a string to lowercase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
594 toupper() turn a string to uppercase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
595 match() position where a pattern matches in a string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
596 matchend() position where a pattern match ends in a string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
597 matchstr() match of a pattern in a string
9644
9f7bcc2c3b97 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/6f1d9a096bf22d50c727dca73abbfb8e3ff55176
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9464
diff changeset
598 matchstrpos() match and positions of a pattern in a string
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
599 matchlist() like matchstr() and also return submatches
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
600 stridx() first index of a short string in a long string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
601 strridx() last index of a short string in a long string
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
602 strlen() length of a string in bytes
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
603 strchars() length of a string in characters
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
604 strwidth() size of string when displayed
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
605 strdisplaywidth() size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
606 substitute() substitute a pattern match with a string
2908
fd09a9c8468e Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2725
diff changeset
607 submatch() get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
608 strpart() get part of a string using byte index
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
609 strcharpart() get part of a string using char index
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
610 strgetchar() get character from a string using char index
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
611 expand() expand special keywords
17020
1841c03a9b5e patch 8.1.1510: a plugin cannot easily expand a command like done internally
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16871
diff changeset
612 expandcmd() expand a command like done for `:edit`
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
613 iconv() convert text from one encoding to another
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
614 byteidx() byte index of a character in a string
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
615 byteidxcomp() like byteidx() but count composing characters
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
616 repeat() repeat a string multiple times
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
617 eval() evaluate a string expression
9464
be72f4201a1d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/063b9d15abea041a5bfff3ffc4e219e26fd1d4fa
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9319
diff changeset
618 execute() execute an Ex command and get the output
16871
e5dab34ded73 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16808
diff changeset
619 win_execute() like execute() but in a specified window
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
620 trim() trim characters from a string
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
621
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
622 List manipulation: *list-functions*
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
623 get() get an item without error for wrong index
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
624 len() number of items in a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
625 empty() check if List is empty
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
626 insert() insert an item somewhere in a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
627 add() append an item to a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
628 extend() append a List to a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
629 remove() remove one or more items from a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
630 copy() make a shallow copy of a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
631 deepcopy() make a full copy of a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
632 filter() remove selected items from a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
633 map() change each List item
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
634 sort() sort a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
635 reverse() reverse the order of a List
5763
c52a655d927d Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5618
diff changeset
636 uniq() remove copies of repeated adjacent items
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
637 split() split a String into a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
638 join() join List items into a String
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
639 range() return a List with a sequence of numbers
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
640 string() String representation of a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
641 call() call a function with List as arguments
323
03b3684919e3 updated for version 7.0084
vimboss
parents: 270
diff changeset
642 index() index of a value in a List
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
643 max() maximum value in a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
644 min() minimum value in a List
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
645 count() count number of times a value appears in a List
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
646 repeat() repeat a List multiple times
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
647
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
648 Dictionary manipulation: *dict-functions*
323
03b3684919e3 updated for version 7.0084
vimboss
parents: 270
diff changeset
649 get() get an entry without an error for a wrong key
112
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
650 len() number of entries in a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
651 has_key() check whether a key appears in a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
652 empty() check if Dictionary is empty
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
653 remove() remove an entry from a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
654 extend() add entries from one Dictionary to another
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
655 filter() remove selected entries from a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
656 map() change each Dictionary entry
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
657 keys() get List of Dictionary keys
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
658 values() get List of Dictionary values
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
659 items() get List of Dictionary key-value pairs
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
660 copy() make a shallow copy of a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
661 deepcopy() make a full copy of a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
662 string() String representation of a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
663 max() maximum value in a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
664 min() minimum value in a Dictionary
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
665 count() count number of times a value appears
195c94b60e54 updated for version 7.0041
vimboss
parents: 48
diff changeset
666
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
667 Floating point computation: *float-functions*
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
668 float2nr() convert Float to Number
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
669 abs() absolute value (also works for Number)
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
670 round() round off
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
671 ceil() round up
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
672 floor() round down
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
673 trunc() remove value after decimal point
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
674 fmod() remainder of division
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
675 exp() exponential
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
676 log() natural logarithm (logarithm to base e)
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
677 log10() logarithm to base 10
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
678 pow() value of x to the exponent y
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
679 sqrt() square root
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
680 sin() sine
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
681 cos() cosine
2725
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
682 tan() tangent
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
683 asin() arc sine
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
684 acos() arc cosine
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
685 atan() arc tangent
2725
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
686 atan2() arc tangent
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
687 sinh() hyperbolic sine
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
688 cosh() hyperbolic cosine
6f63330ec225 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2709
diff changeset
689 tanh() hyperbolic tangent
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
690 isnan() check for not a number
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
691
3237
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
692 Other computation: *bitwise-function*
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
693 and() bitwise AND
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
694 invert() bitwise invert
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
695 or() bitwise OR
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
696 xor() bitwise XOR
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
697 sha256() SHA-256 hash
3237
91e53bcb7946 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2908
diff changeset
698
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
699 Variables: *var-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
700 type() type of a variable
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
701 islocked() check if a variable is locked
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
702 funcref() get a Funcref for a function reference
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
703 function() get a Funcref for a function name
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
704 getbufvar() get a variable value from a specific buffer
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
705 setbufvar() set a variable in a specific buffer
831
f24a95dae8ee updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
706 getwinvar() get a variable from specific window
2207
b17bbfa96fa0 Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2154
diff changeset
707 gettabvar() get a variable from specific tab page
831
f24a95dae8ee updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
708 gettabwinvar() get a variable from specific window & tab page
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
709 setwinvar() set a variable in a specific window
2207
b17bbfa96fa0 Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2154
diff changeset
710 settabvar() set a variable in a specific tab page
831
f24a95dae8ee updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
711 settabwinvar() set a variable in a specific window & tab page
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
712 garbagecollect() possibly free memory
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
713
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
714 Cursor and mark position: *cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
715 col() column number of the cursor or a mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
716 virtcol() screen column of the cursor or a mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
717 line() line number of the cursor or mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
718 wincol() window column number of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
719 winline() window line number of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
720 cursor() position the cursor at a line/column
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
721 screencol() get screen column of the cursor
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
722 screenrow() get screen row of the cursor
17292
8a095d343c59 patch 8.1.1645: cannot use a popup window for a balloon
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17257
diff changeset
723 screenpos() screen row and col of a text character
5968
92751673cc37 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5942
diff changeset
724 getcurpos() get position of the cursor
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
725 getpos() get position of cursor, mark, etc.
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
726 setpos() set position of cursor, mark, etc.
20615
8eed1e9389bb patch 8.2.0861: cannot easily get all the current marks
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 19721
diff changeset
727 getmarklist() list of global/local marks
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
728 byte2line() get line number at a specific byte count
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
729 line2byte() byte count at a specific line
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
730 diff_filler() get the number of filler lines above a line
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
731 screenattr() get attribute at a screen line/row
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
732 screenchar() get character code at a screen line/row
16133
eb087f8a26a8 patch 8.1.1071: cannot get composing characters from the screen
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16127
diff changeset
733 screenchars() get character codes at a screen line/row
eb087f8a26a8 patch 8.1.1071: cannot get composing characters from the screen
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16127
diff changeset
734 screenstring() get string of characters at a screen line/row
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
735
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
736 Working with text in the current buffer: *text-functions*
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
737 getline() get a line or list of lines from the buffer
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
738 setline() replace a line in the buffer
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
739 append() append line or list of lines in the buffer
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
740 indent() indent of a specific line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
741 cindent() indent according to C indenting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
742 lispindent() indent according to Lisp indenting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
743 nextnonblank() find next non-blank line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
744 prevnonblank() find previous non-blank line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
745 search() find a match for a pattern
667
9090f866cd57 updated for version 7.0197
vimboss
parents: 647
diff changeset
746 searchpos() find a match for a pattern
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
747 searchpair() find the other end of a start/skip/end
667
9090f866cd57 updated for version 7.0197
vimboss
parents: 647
diff changeset
748 searchpairpos() find the other end of a start/skip/end
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
749 searchdecl() search for the declaration of a name
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
750 getcharsearch() return character search information
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
751 setcharsearch() set character search information
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
752
17257
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
753 Working with text in another buffer:
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
754 getbufline() get a list of lines from the specified buffer
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
755 setbufline() replace a line in the specified buffer
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
756 appendbufline() append a list of lines in the specified buffer
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
757 deletebufline() delete lines from a specified buffer
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
758
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
759 *system-functions* *file-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
760 System functions and manipulation of files:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
761 glob() expand wildcards
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
762 globpath() expand wildcards in a number of directories
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
763 glob2regpat() convert a glob pattern into a search pattern
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
764 findfile() find a file in a list of directories
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
765 finddir() find a directory in a list of directories
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
766 resolve() find out where a shortcut points to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
767 fnamemodify() modify a file name
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
768 pathshorten() shorten directory names in a path
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
769 simplify() simplify a path without changing its meaning
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
770 executable() check if an executable program exists
5814
755931e042e4 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5763
diff changeset
771 exepath() full path of an executable program
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
772 filereadable() check if a file can be read
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
773 filewritable() check if a file can be written to
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
774 getfperm() get the permissions of a file
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
775 setfperm() set the permissions of a file
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
776 getftype() get the kind of a file
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
777 isdirectory() check if a directory exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
778 getfsize() get the size of a file
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
779 getcwd() get the current working directory
16427
8c3a1bd270bb patch 8.1.1218: cannot set a directory for a tab page
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16267
diff changeset
780 haslocaldir() check if current window used |:lcd| or |:tcd|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
781 tempname() get the name of a temporary file
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
782 mkdir() create a new directory
16576
bcc343175103 patch 8.1.1291: not easy to change directory and restore
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16517
diff changeset
783 chdir() change current working directory
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
784 delete() delete a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
785 rename() rename a file
5814
755931e042e4 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5763
diff changeset
786 system() get the result of a shell command as a string
755931e042e4 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5763
diff changeset
787 systemlist() get the result of a shell command as a list
16604
1e0a5f09fdf1 patch 8.1.1305: there is no easy way to manipulate environment variables
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16576
diff changeset
788 environ() get all environment variables
1e0a5f09fdf1 patch 8.1.1305: there is no easy way to manipulate environment variables
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16576
diff changeset
789 getenv() get one environment variable
1e0a5f09fdf1 patch 8.1.1305: there is no easy way to manipulate environment variables
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16576
diff changeset
790 setenv() set an environment variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
791 hostname() name of the system
158
78423945b251 updated for version 7.0048
vimboss
parents: 129
diff changeset
792 readfile() read a file into a List of lines
16267
b471858040bc Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16235
diff changeset
793 readdir() get a List of file names in a directory
20643
c2beb6baa42c patch 8.2.0875: getting attributes for directory entries is slow
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 20615
diff changeset
794 readdirex() get a List of file information in a directory
15729
fe57e4f0eac1 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15512
diff changeset
795 writefile() write a List of lines or Blob into a file
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
796
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
797 Date and Time: *date-functions* *time-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
798 getftime() get last modification time of a file
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
799 localtime() get current time in seconds
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
800 strftime() convert time to a string
18669
9007e9896303 patch 8.1.2326: cannot parse a date/time string
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 18639
diff changeset
801 strptime() convert a date/time string to time
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
802 reltime() get the current or elapsed time accurately
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
803 reltimestr() convert reltime() result to a string
8876
47f17f66da3d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/03413f44167c4b5cd0012def9bb331e2518c83cf
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8795
diff changeset
804 reltimefloat() convert reltime() result to a Float
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
805
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
806 *buffer-functions* *window-functions* *arg-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
807 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
808 argc() number of entries in the argument list
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
809 argidx() current position in the argument list
5942
66eead134d68 updated for version 7.4.312
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5814
diff changeset
810 arglistid() get id of the argument list
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
811 argv() get one entry from the argument list
17257
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
812 bufadd() add a file to the list of buffers
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
813 bufexists() check if a buffer exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
814 buflisted() check if a buffer exists and is listed
17257
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
815 bufload() ensure a buffer is loaded
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
816 bufloaded() check if a buffer exists and is loaded
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
817 bufname() get the name of a specific buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
818 bufnr() get the buffer number of a specific buffer
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
819 tabpagebuflist() return List of buffers in a tab page
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
820 tabpagenr() get the number of a tab page
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
821 tabpagewinnr() like winnr() for a specified tab page
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
822 winnr() get the window number for the current window
9227
ecb621205ed1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/82af8710bf8d1caeeceafb1370a052cb7d92f076
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8876
diff changeset
823 bufwinid() get the window ID of a specific buffer
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
824 bufwinnr() get the window number of a specific buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
825 winbufnr() get the buffer number of a specific window
16638
4790302965fc patch 8.1.1321: no docs or tests for listener functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16610
diff changeset
826 listener_add() add a callback to listen to changes
16808
c002c4899529 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16638
diff changeset
827 listener_flush() invoke listener callbacks
16638
4790302965fc patch 8.1.1321: no docs or tests for listener functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16610
diff changeset
828 listener_remove() remove a listener callback
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
829 win_findbuf() find windows containing a buffer
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
830 win_getid() get window ID of a window
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
831 win_gotoid() go to window with ID
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
832 win_id2tabwin() get tab and window nr from window ID
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
833 win_id2win() get window nr from window ID
9858
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
834 getbufinfo() get a list with buffer information
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
835 gettabinfo() get a list with tab page information
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
836 getwininfo() get a list with window information
13280
fbda23eb0996 patch 8.0.1514: getting the list of changes is not easy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13246
diff changeset
837 getchangelist() get a list of change list entries
13246
dd3b2ecf91f6 patch 8.0.1497: getting the jump list requires parsing the output of :jumps
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13051
diff changeset
838 getjumplist() get a list of jump list entries
14637
0ecb909e3249 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 14519
diff changeset
839 swapinfo() information about a swap file
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
840 swapname() get the swap file path of a buffer
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
841
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
842 Command line: *command-line-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
843 getcmdline() get the current command line
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
844 getcmdpos() get position of the cursor in the command line
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
845 setcmdpos() set position of the cursor in the command line
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
846 getcmdtype() return the current command-line type
6153
1e8ebf870720 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5979
diff changeset
847 getcmdwintype() return the current command-line window type
9644
9f7bcc2c3b97 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/6f1d9a096bf22d50c727dca73abbfb8e3ff55176
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9464
diff changeset
848 getcompletion() list of command-line completion matches
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
849
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
850 Quickfix and location lists: *quickfix-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
851 getqflist() list of quickfix errors
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
852 setqflist() modify a quickfix list
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
853 getloclist() list of location list items
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
854 setloclist() modify a location list
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
855
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
856 Insert mode completion: *completion-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
857 complete() set found matches
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
858 complete_add() add to found matches
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
859 complete_check() check if completion should be aborted
16127
0375e54f0adc patch 8.1.1068: cannot get all the information about current completion
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15729
diff changeset
860 complete_info() get current completion information
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
861 pumvisible() check if the popup menu is displayed
18186
03b854983b14 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17372
diff changeset
862 pum_getpos() position and size of popup menu if visible
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
863
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
864 Folding: *folding-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
865 foldclosed() check for a closed fold at a specific line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
866 foldclosedend() like foldclosed() but return the last line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
867 foldlevel() check for the fold level at a specific line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
868 foldtext() generate the line displayed for a closed fold
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
869 foldtextresult() get the text displayed for a closed fold
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
870
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
871 Syntax and highlighting: *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
1326
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
872 clearmatches() clear all matches defined by |matchadd()| and
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
873 the |:match| commands
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
874 getmatches() get all matches defined by |matchadd()| and
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
875 the |:match| commands
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
876 hlexists() check if a highlight group exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
877 hlID() get ID of a highlight group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
878 synID() get syntax ID at a specific position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
879 synIDattr() get a specific attribute of a syntax ID
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
880 synIDtrans() get translated syntax ID
2642
840c3cadb842 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2577
diff changeset
881 synstack() get list of syntax IDs at a specific position
2662
916c90b37ea9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2642
diff changeset
882 synconcealed() get info about concealing
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
883 diff_hlID() get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
1326
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
884 matchadd() define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
5979
f9fa2e506b9f updated for version 7.4.330
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5968
diff changeset
885 matchaddpos() define a list of positions to highlight
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
886 matcharg() get info about |:match| arguments
1326
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
887 matchdelete() delete a match defined by |matchadd()| or a
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
888 |:match| command
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
889 setmatches() restore a list of matches saved by
22886f3d882d updated for version 7.1-040
vimboss
parents: 1252
diff changeset
890 |getmatches()|
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
891
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
892 Spelling: *spell-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
893 spellbadword() locate badly spelled word at or after cursor
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
894 spellsuggest() return suggested spelling corrections
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
895 soundfold() return the sound-a-like equivalent of a word
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
896
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
897 History: *history-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
898 histadd() add an item to a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
899 histdel() delete an item from a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
900 histget() get an item from a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
901 histnr() get highest index of a history list
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
902
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
903 Interactive: *interactive-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
904 browse() put up a file requester
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
905 browsedir() put up a directory requester
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
906 confirm() let the user make a choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
907 getchar() get a character from the user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
908 getcharmod() get modifiers for the last typed character
18639
cb3163d590a1 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 18186
diff changeset
909 getmousepos() get last known mouse position
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
910 feedkeys() put characters in the typeahead queue
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
911 input() get a line from the user
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
912 inputlist() let the user pick an entry from a list
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
913 inputsecret() get a line from the user without showing it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
914 inputdialog() get a line from the user in a dialog
230
9281a51ca7a2 updated for version 7.0064
vimboss
parents: 211
diff changeset
915 inputsave() save and clear typeahead
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
916 inputrestore() restore typeahead
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
917
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
918 GUI: *gui-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
919 getfontname() get name of current font being used
13437
02b3f719eacb Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13341
diff changeset
920 getwinpos() position of the Vim window
02b3f719eacb Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13341
diff changeset
921 getwinposx() X position of the Vim window
02b3f719eacb Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13341
diff changeset
922 getwinposy() Y position of the Vim window
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
923 balloon_show() set the balloon content
12909
1578c0ba0dd1 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 12756
diff changeset
924 balloon_split() split a message for a balloon
16604
1e0a5f09fdf1 patch 8.1.1305: there is no easy way to manipulate environment variables
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16576
diff changeset
925 balloon_gettext() get the text in the balloon
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
926
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
927 Vim server: *server-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
928 serverlist() return the list of server names
12756
3b26420fc639 Long overdue runtime update.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 12254
diff changeset
929 remote_startserver() run a server
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
930 remote_send() send command characters to a Vim server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
931 remote_expr() evaluate an expression in a Vim server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
932 server2client() send a reply to a client of a Vim server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
933 remote_peek() check if there is a reply from a Vim server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
934 remote_read() read a reply from a Vim server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
935 foreground() move the Vim window to the foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
936 remote_foreground() move the Vim server window to the foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
937
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
938 Window size and position: *window-size-functions*
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
939 winheight() get height of a specific window
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
940 winwidth() get width of a specific window
13051
a6d3e2081544 Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 12909
diff changeset
941 win_screenpos() get screen position of a window
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
942 winlayout() get layout of windows in a tab page
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
943 winrestcmd() return command to restore window sizes
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
944 winsaveview() get view of current window
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
945 winrestview() restore saved view of current window
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
946
19657
da791e5c0139 patch 8.2.0385: menu functionality insufficiently tested
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 19384
diff changeset
947 Mappings and Menus: *mapping-functions*
4159
8b86b69546a9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3893
diff changeset
948 hasmapto() check if a mapping exists
8b86b69546a9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3893
diff changeset
949 mapcheck() check if a matching mapping exists
8b86b69546a9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3893
diff changeset
950 maparg() get rhs of a mapping
19657
da791e5c0139 patch 8.2.0385: menu functionality insufficiently tested
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 19384
diff changeset
951 menu_info() get information about a menu item
4159
8b86b69546a9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3893
diff changeset
952 wildmenumode() check if the wildmode is active
8b86b69546a9 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3893
diff changeset
953
7279
b5e9810b389d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/683fa185a4b4ed7595e5942901548b8239ed5cdb
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 6153
diff changeset
954 Testing: *test-functions*
8673
ed7251c3e2d3 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/e18c0b39815c5a746887a509c2cd9f11fadaba07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8061
diff changeset
955 assert_equal() assert that two expressions values are equal
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
956 assert_equalfile() assert that two file contents are equal
8876
47f17f66da3d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/03413f44167c4b5cd0012def9bb331e2518c83cf
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8795
diff changeset
957 assert_notequal() assert that two expressions values are not equal
9644
9f7bcc2c3b97 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/6f1d9a096bf22d50c727dca73abbfb8e3ff55176
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9464
diff changeset
958 assert_inrange() assert that an expression is inside a range
8795
aba2d0a01290 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/7db8f6f4f85e5d0526d23107b2a5e2334dc23354
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8793
diff changeset
959 assert_match() assert that a pattern matches the value
8876
47f17f66da3d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/03413f44167c4b5cd0012def9bb331e2518c83cf
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8795
diff changeset
960 assert_notmatch() assert that a pattern does not match the value
7279
b5e9810b389d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/683fa185a4b4ed7595e5942901548b8239ed5cdb
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 6153
diff changeset
961 assert_false() assert that an expression is false
b5e9810b389d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/683fa185a4b4ed7595e5942901548b8239ed5cdb
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 6153
diff changeset
962 assert_true() assert that an expression is true
8673
ed7251c3e2d3 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/e18c0b39815c5a746887a509c2cd9f11fadaba07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 8061
diff changeset
963 assert_exception() assert that a command throws an exception
13341
acd7eaa13d2b Updated runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13280
diff changeset
964 assert_beeps() assert that a command beeps
acd7eaa13d2b Updated runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13280
diff changeset
965 assert_fails() assert that a command fails
11229
146a1e213b60 Update runtime files. Add Rust support.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11160
diff changeset
966 assert_report() report a test failure
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
967 test_alloc_fail() make memory allocation fail
9644
9f7bcc2c3b97 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/6f1d9a096bf22d50c727dca73abbfb8e3ff55176
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9464
diff changeset
968 test_autochdir() enable 'autochdir' during startup
11160
d0a20101ecb2 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11062
diff changeset
969 test_override() test with Vim internal overrides
d0a20101ecb2 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11062
diff changeset
970 test_garbagecollect_now() free memory right now
16808
c002c4899529 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16638
diff changeset
971 test_getvalue() get value of an internal variable
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
972 test_ignore_error() ignore a specific error message
15729
fe57e4f0eac1 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15512
diff changeset
973 test_null_blob() return a null Blob
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
974 test_null_channel() return a null Channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
975 test_null_dict() return a null Dict
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
976 test_null_job() return a null Job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
977 test_null_list() return a null List
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
978 test_null_partial() return a null Partial function
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
979 test_null_string() return a null String
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
980 test_settime() set the time Vim uses internally
16517
9484fc00ac6b patch 8.1.1262: cannot simulate a mouse click in a test
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 16427
diff changeset
981 test_setmouse() set the mouse position
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
982 test_feedinput() add key sequence to input buffer
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
983 test_option_not_set() reset flag indicating option was set
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
984 test_scrollbar() simulate scrollbar movement in the GUI
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
985
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
986 Inter-process communication: *channel-functions*
10449
222b1432814e commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/5162822914372fc916a93f85848c0c82209e7cec
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10198
diff changeset
987 ch_canread() check if there is something to read
7924
00d64eb49ce1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/681baaf4a4c81418693dcafb81421a8614832e91
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7790
diff changeset
988 ch_open() open a channel
00d64eb49ce1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/681baaf4a4c81418693dcafb81421a8614832e91
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7790
diff changeset
989 ch_close() close a channel
10140
b11ceef7116e commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/64d8e25bf6efe5f18b032563521c3ce278c316ab
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9858
diff changeset
990 ch_close_in() close the in part of a channel
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
991 ch_read() read a message from a channel
15512
f0f06837a699 Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15418
diff changeset
992 ch_readblob() read a Blob from a channel
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
993 ch_readraw() read a raw message from a channel
7924
00d64eb49ce1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/681baaf4a4c81418693dcafb81421a8614832e91
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7790
diff changeset
994 ch_sendexpr() send a JSON message over a channel
00d64eb49ce1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/681baaf4a4c81418693dcafb81421a8614832e91
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7790
diff changeset
995 ch_sendraw() send a raw message over a channel
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
996 ch_evalexpr() evaluates an expression over channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
997 ch_evalraw() evaluates a raw string over channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
998 ch_status() get status of a channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
999 ch_getbufnr() get the buffer number of a channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1000 ch_getjob() get the job associated with a channel
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1001 ch_info() get channel information
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1002 ch_log() write a message in the channel log file
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1003 ch_logfile() set the channel log file
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1004 ch_setoptions() set the options for a channel
9319
1472ed67c36f commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a02a551e18209423584fcb923e93c6be18f3aa45
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9286
diff changeset
1005 json_encode() encode an expression to a JSON string
1472ed67c36f commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a02a551e18209423584fcb923e93c6be18f3aa45
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9286
diff changeset
1006 json_decode() decode a JSON string to Vim types
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1007 js_encode() encode an expression to a JSON string
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1008 js_decode() decode a JSON string to Vim types
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1009
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1010 Jobs: *job-functions*
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1011 job_start() start a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1012 job_stop() stop a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1013 job_status() get the status of a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1014 job_getchannel() get the channel used by a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1015 job_info() get information about a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1016 job_setoptions() set options for a job
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1017
15209
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1018 Signs: *sign-functions*
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1019 sign_define() define or update a sign
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1020 sign_getdefined() get a list of defined signs
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1021 sign_getplaced() get a list of placed signs
15418
51b3c36b0523 patch 8.1.0717: there is no function for the ":sign jump" command
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15209
diff changeset
1022 sign_jump() jump to a sign
15209
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1023 sign_place() place a sign
17366
9843fbfa0ee5 patch 8.1.1682: placing a larger number of signs is slow
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17292
diff changeset
1024 sign_placelist() place a list of signs
15209
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1025 sign_undefine() undefine a sign
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1026 sign_unplace() unplace a sign
17366
9843fbfa0ee5 patch 8.1.1682: placing a larger number of signs is slow
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17292
diff changeset
1027 sign_unplacelist() unplace a list of signs
15209
3a99b2e6d136 patch 8.1.0614: placing signs can be complicated
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15194
diff changeset
1028
12254
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1029 Terminal window: *terminal-functions*
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1030 term_start() open a terminal window and run a job
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1031 term_list() get the list of terminal buffers
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1032 term_sendkeys() send keystrokes to a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1033 term_wait() wait for screen to be updated
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1034 term_getjob() get the job associated with a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1035 term_scrape() get row of a terminal screen
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1036 term_getline() get a line of text from a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1037 term_getattr() get the value of attribute {what}
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1038 term_getcursor() get the cursor position of a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1039 term_getscrolled() get the scroll count of a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1040 term_getaltscreen() get the alternate screen flag
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1041 term_getsize() get the size of a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1042 term_getstatus() get the status of a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1043 term_gettitle() get the title of a terminal
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1044 term_gettty() get the tty name of a terminal
13735
a62eeee5f116 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13437
diff changeset
1045 term_setansicolors() set 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI
a62eeee5f116 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13437
diff changeset
1046 term_getansicolors() get 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1047 term_dumpdiff() display difference between two screen dumps
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1048 term_dumpload() load a terminal screen dump in a window
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1049 term_dumpwrite() dump contents of a terminal screen to a file
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1050 term_setkill() set signal to stop job in a terminal
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1051 term_setrestore() set command to restore a terminal
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1052 term_setsize() set the size of a terminal
12254
8d76a56861ec Update runtime files
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11763
diff changeset
1053
17257
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1054 Popup window: *popup-window-functions*
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1055 popup_create() create popup centered in the screen
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1056 popup_atcursor() create popup just above the cursor position,
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1057 closes when the cursor moves away
17292
8a095d343c59 patch 8.1.1645: cannot use a popup window for a balloon
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17257
diff changeset
1058 popup_beval() at the position indicated by v:beval_
8a095d343c59 patch 8.1.1645: cannot use a popup window for a balloon
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17257
diff changeset
1059 variables, closes when the mouse moves away
17257
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1060 popup_notification() show a notification for three seconds
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1061 popup_dialog() create popup centered with padding and border
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1062 popup_menu() prompt for selecting an item from a list
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1063 popup_hide() hide a popup temporarily
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1064 popup_show() show a previously hidden popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1065 popup_move() change the position and size of a popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1066 popup_setoptions() override options of a popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1067 popup_settext() replace the popup buffer contents
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1068 popup_close() close one popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1069 popup_clear() close all popups
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1070 popup_filter_menu() select from a list of items
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1071 popup_filter_yesno() blocks until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1072 popup_getoptions() get current options for a popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1073 popup_getpos() get actual position and size of a popup
cb0ca75f0c26 patch 8.1.1628: popup window functions not in list of functions
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 17020
diff changeset
1074
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1075 Timers: *timer-functions*
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1076 timer_start() create a timer
9858
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
1077 timer_pause() pause or unpause a timer
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1078 timer_stop() stop a timer
9858
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
1079 timer_stopall() stop all timers
3e96d9ed2ca1 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/b5ae48e9ffd3b8eb6ca4057de11f1bddcde8ce6f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9644
diff changeset
1080 timer_info() get information about timers
7790
ca19726d5e83 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/298b440930ecece38d6ea0505a3e582dc817e79b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7651
diff changeset
1081
15068
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1082 Tags: *tag-functions*
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1083 taglist() get list of matching tags
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1084 tagfiles() get a list of tags files
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1085 gettagstack() get the tag stack of a window
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1086 settagstack() modify the tag stack of a window
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1087
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1088 Prompt Buffer: *promptbuffer-functions*
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1089 prompt_setcallback() set prompt callback for a buffer
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1090 prompt_setinterrupt() set interrupt callback for a buffer
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1091 prompt_setprompt() set the prompt text for a buffer
d9d97b8afe0d Update runtime files
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15016
diff changeset
1092
2301
6f63294a1781 Avoid use of the GTK mail_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
1093 Various: *various-functions*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1094 mode() get current editing mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1095 visualmode() last visual mode used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1096 exists() check if a variable, function, etc. exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1097 has() check if a feature is supported in Vim
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
1098 changenr() return number of most recent change
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1099 cscope_connection() check if a cscope connection exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1100 did_filetype() check if a FileType autocommand was used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1101 eventhandler() check if invoked by an event handler
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1102 getpid() get process ID of Vim
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
1103
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1104 libcall() call a function in an external library
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1105 libcallnr() idem, returning a number
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
1106
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1107 undofile() get the name of the undo file
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1108 undotree() return the state of the undo tree
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1109
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1110 getreg() get contents of a register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1111 getregtype() get type of a register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1112 setreg() set contents and type of a register
14004
e124262d435e patch 8.1.0020: cannot tell whether a register is executing or recording
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13963
diff changeset
1113 reg_executing() return the name of the register being executed
e124262d435e patch 8.1.0020: cannot tell whether a register is executing or recording
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 13963
diff changeset
1114 reg_recording() return the name of the register being recorded
824
8dd456c1e283 updated for version 7.0c13
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
1115
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1116 shiftwidth() effective value of 'shiftwidth'
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1117
9464
be72f4201a1d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/063b9d15abea041a5bfff3ffc4e219e26fd1d4fa
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9319
diff changeset
1118 wordcount() get byte/word/char count of buffer
be72f4201a1d commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/063b9d15abea041a5bfff3ffc4e219e26fd1d4fa
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9319
diff changeset
1119
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1120 luaeval() evaluate Lua expression
2050
afcf9db31561 updated for version 7.2.336
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
1121 mzeval() evaluate |MzScheme| expression
7651
c7575b07de98 commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/e9b892ebcd8596bf813793a1eed5a460a9495a28
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7480
diff changeset
1122 perleval() evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
5618
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1123 py3eval() evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
350272cbf1fd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 5294
diff changeset
1124 pyeval() evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
10734
523cd59d6db0 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10449
diff changeset
1125 pyxeval() evaluate |python_x| expression
15194
8b334e4cb97f Update runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 15068
diff changeset
1126 debugbreak() interrupt a program being debugged
2050
afcf9db31561 updated for version 7.2.336
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
1127
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1128 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1129 *41.7* Defining a function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1130
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1131 Vim enables you to define your own functions. The basic function declaration
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1132 begins as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1133
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1134 :function {name}({var1}, {var2}, ...)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1135 : {body}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1136 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1137 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1138 Note:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1139 Function names must begin with a capital letter.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1141 Let's define a short function to return the smaller of two numbers. It starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1142 with this line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1144 :function Min(num1, num2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1145
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1146 This tells Vim that the function is named "Min" and it takes two arguments:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1147 "num1" and "num2".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1148 The first thing you need to do is to check to see which number is smaller:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1149 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1150 : if a:num1 < a:num2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1152 The special prefix "a:" tells Vim that the variable is a function argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1153 Let's assign the variable "smaller" the value of the smallest number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1155 : if a:num1 < a:num2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1156 : let smaller = a:num1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1157 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1158 : let smaller = a:num2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1159 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1161 The variable "smaller" is a local variable. Variables used inside a function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1162 are local unless prefixed by something like "g:", "a:", or "s:".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1164 Note:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1165 To access a global variable from inside a function you must prepend
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1166 "g:" to it. Thus "g:today" inside a function is used for the global
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1167 variable "today", and "today" is another variable, local to the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1168 function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1169
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1170 You now use the ":return" statement to return the smallest number to the user.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1171 Finally, you end the function: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1172
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1173 : return smaller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1174 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1176 The complete function definition is as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1177
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1178 :function Min(num1, num2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1179 : if a:num1 < a:num2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1180 : let smaller = a:num1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1181 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1182 : let smaller = a:num2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1183 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1184 : return smaller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1185 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1186
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1187 For people who like short functions, this does the same thing: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1188
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1189 :function Min(num1, num2)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1190 : if a:num1 < a:num2
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1191 : return a:num1
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1192 : endif
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1193 : return a:num2
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1194 :endfunction
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1195
681
9364d114ed8d updated for version 7.0204
vimboss
parents: 667
diff changeset
1196 A user defined function is called in exactly the same way as a built-in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1197 function. Only the name is different. The Min function can be used like
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1198 this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1199
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1200 :echo Min(5, 8)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1201
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1202 Only now will the function be executed and the lines be interpreted by Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1203 If there are mistakes, like using an undefined variable or function, you will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1204 now get an error message. When defining the function these errors are not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1205 detected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1206
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1207 When a function reaches ":endfunction" or ":return" is used without an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1208 argument, the function returns zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1210 To redefine a function that already exists, use the ! for the ":function"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1211 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1213 :function! Min(num1, num2, num3)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1214
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1215
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1216 USING A RANGE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1217
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1218 The ":call" command can be given a line range. This can have one of two
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1219 meanings. When a function has been defined with the "range" keyword, it will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1220 take care of the line range itself.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1221 The function will be passed the variables "a:firstline" and "a:lastline".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1222 These will have the line numbers from the range the function was called with.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1223 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1224
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1225 :function Count_words() range
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1226 : let lnum = a:firstline
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1227 : let n = 0
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1228 : while lnum <= a:lastline
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1229 : let n = n + len(split(getline(lnum)))
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1230 : let lnum = lnum + 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1231 : endwhile
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1232 : echo "found " . n . " words"
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1233 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1234
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1235 You can call this function with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1237 :10,30call Count_words()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1238
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1239 It will be executed once and echo the number of words.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1240 The other way to use a line range is by defining a function without the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1241 "range" keyword. The function will be called once for every line in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1242 range, with the cursor in that line. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1243
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1244 :function Number()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1245 : echo "line " . line(".") . " contains: " . getline(".")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1246 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1248 If you call this function with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1250 :10,15call Number()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1251
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1252 The function will be called six times.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1255 VARIABLE NUMBER OF ARGUMENTS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1256
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Vim enables you to define functions that have a variable number of arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1258 The following command, for instance, defines a function that must have 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1259 argument (start) and can have up to 20 additional arguments: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1260
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1261 :function Show(start, ...)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1262
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1263 The variable "a:1" contains the first optional argument, "a:2" the second, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1264 so on. The variable "a:0" contains the number of extra arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1265 For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1267 :function Show(start, ...)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1268 : echohl Title
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
1269 : echo "start is " . a:start
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1270 : echohl None
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1271 : let index = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1272 : while index <= a:0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1273 : echo " Arg " . index . " is " . a:{index}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1274 : let index = index + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1275 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1276 : echo ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1277 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1278
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1279 This uses the ":echohl" command to specify the highlighting used for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1280 following ":echo" command. ":echohl None" stops it again. The ":echon"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1281 command works like ":echo", but doesn't output a line break.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1282
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1283 You can also use the a:000 variable, it is a List of all the "..." arguments.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1284 See |a:000|.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1285
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1287 LISTING FUNCTIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1288
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1289 The ":function" command lists the names and arguments of all user-defined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1290 functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1291
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1292 :function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1293 < function Show(start, ...) ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1294 function GetVimIndent() ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1295 function SetSyn(name) ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1296
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1297 To see what a function does, use its name as an argument for ":function": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1298
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1299 :function SetSyn
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1300 < 1 if &syntax == '' ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1301 2 let &syntax = a:name ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1302 3 endif ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1303 endfunction ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1304
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1305
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1306 DEBUGGING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1308 The line number is useful for when you get an error message or when debugging.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1309 See |debug-scripts| about debugging mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1310 You can also set the 'verbose' option to 12 or higher to see all function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1311 calls. Set it to 15 or higher to see every executed line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1312
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1314 DELETING A FUNCTION
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1315
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1316 To delete the Show() function: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1317
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1318 :delfunction Show
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1319
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1320 You get an error when the function doesn't exist.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1321
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1322
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1323 FUNCTION REFERENCES
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1324
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1325 Sometimes it can be useful to have a variable point to one function or
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1326 another. You can do it with the function() function. It turns the name of a
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1327 function into a reference: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1328
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1329 :let result = 0 " or 1
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1330 :function! Right()
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1331 : return 'Right!'
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1332 :endfunc
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1333 :function! Wrong()
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1334 : return 'Wrong!'
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1335 :endfunc
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1336 :
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1337 :if result == 1
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1338 : let Afunc = function('Right')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1339 :else
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1340 : let Afunc = function('Wrong')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1341 :endif
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1342 :echo call(Afunc, [])
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1343 < Wrong! ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1344
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1345 Note that the name of a variable that holds a function reference must start
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1346 with a capital. Otherwise it could be confused with the name of a builtin
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1347 function.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1348 The way to invoke a function that a variable refers to is with the call()
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1349 function. Its first argument is the function reference, the second argument
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1350 is a List with arguments.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1351
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1352 Function references are most useful in combination with a Dictionary, as is
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1353 explained in the next section.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1354
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1355 ==============================================================================
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1356 *41.8* Lists and Dictionaries
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1357
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1358 So far we have used the basic types String and Number. Vim also supports two
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1359 composite types: List and Dictionary.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1360
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1361 A List is an ordered sequence of things. The things can be any kind of value,
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1362 thus you can make a List of numbers, a List of Lists and even a List of mixed
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1363 items. To create a List with three strings: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1364
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1365 :let alist = ['aap', 'mies', 'noot']
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1366
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1367 The List items are enclosed in square brackets and separated by commas. To
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1368 create an empty List: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1369
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1370 :let alist = []
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1371
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1372 You can add items to a List with the add() function: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1373
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1374 :let alist = []
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1375 :call add(alist, 'foo')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1376 :call add(alist, 'bar')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1377 :echo alist
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1378 < ['foo', 'bar'] ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1379
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1380 List concatenation is done with +: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1381
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1382 :echo alist + ['foo', 'bar']
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1383 < ['foo', 'bar', 'foo', 'bar'] ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1384
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1385 Or, if you want to extend a List directly: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1386
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1387 :let alist = ['one']
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1388 :call extend(alist, ['two', 'three'])
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1389 :echo alist
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1390 < ['one', 'two', 'three'] ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1391
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1392 Notice that using add() will have a different effect: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1393
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1394 :let alist = ['one']
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1395 :call add(alist, ['two', 'three'])
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1396 :echo alist
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1397 < ['one', ['two', 'three']] ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1398
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1399 The second argument of add() is added as a single item.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1400
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1401
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1402 FOR LOOP
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1403
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1404 One of the nice things you can do with a List is iterate over it: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1405
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1406 :let alist = ['one', 'two', 'three']
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1407 :for n in alist
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1408 : echo n
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1409 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1410 < one ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1411 two ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1412 three ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1413
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1414 This will loop over each element in List "alist", assigning the value to
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1415 variable "n". The generic form of a for loop is: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1416
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1417 :for {varname} in {listexpression}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1418 : {commands}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1419 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1420
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1421 To loop a certain number of times you need a List of a specific length. The
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1422 range() function creates one for you: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1423
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1424 :for a in range(3)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1425 : echo a
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1426 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1427 < 0 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1428 1 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1429 2 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1430
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1431 Notice that the first item of the List that range() produces is zero, thus the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1432 last item is one less than the length of the list.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1433 You can also specify the maximum value, the stride and even go backwards: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1434
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1435 :for a in range(8, 4, -2)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1436 : echo a
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1437 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1438 < 8 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1439 6 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1440 4 ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1441
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1442 A more useful example, looping over lines in the buffer: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1443
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1444 :for line in getline(1, 20)
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1445 : if line =~ "Date: "
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1446 : echo matchstr(line, 'Date: \zs.*')
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1447 : endif
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1448 :endfor
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1449
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1450 This looks into lines 1 to 20 (inclusive) and echoes any date found in there.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1451
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1452
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1453 DICTIONARIES
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1454
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1455 A Dictionary stores key-value pairs. You can quickly lookup a value if you
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1456 know the key. A Dictionary is created with curly braces: >
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
1457
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1458 :let uk2nl = {'one': 'een', 'two': 'twee', 'three': 'drie'}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1459
164
8b0ee9d57d7f updated for version 7.0050
vimboss
parents: 161
diff changeset
1460 Now you can lookup words by putting the key in square brackets: >
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1461
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1462 :echo uk2nl['two']
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1463 < twee ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1464
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1465 The generic form for defining a Dictionary is: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1466
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1467 {<key> : <value>, ...}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1468
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1469 An empty Dictionary is one without any keys: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1470
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1471 {}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1472
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1473 The possibilities with Dictionaries are numerous. There are various functions
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1474 for them as well. For example, you can obtain a list of the keys and loop
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1475 over them: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1476
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1477 :for key in keys(uk2nl)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1478 : echo key
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1479 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1480 < three ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1481 one ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1482 two ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1483
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
1484 You will notice the keys are not ordered. You can sort the list to get a
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1485 specific order: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1486
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1487 :for key in sort(keys(uk2nl))
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1488 : echo key
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1489 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1490 < one ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1491 three ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1492 two ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1493
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1494 But you can never get back the order in which items are defined. For that you
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1495 need to use a List, it stores items in an ordered sequence.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1496
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1497
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1498 DICTIONARY FUNCTIONS
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1499
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1500 The items in a Dictionary can normally be obtained with an index in square
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1501 brackets: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1502
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1503 :echo uk2nl['one']
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1504 < een ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1505
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1506 A method that does the same, but without so many punctuation characters: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1507
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1508 :echo uk2nl.one
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1509 < een ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1510
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1511 This only works for a key that is made of ASCII letters, digits and the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1512 underscore. You can also assign a new value this way: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1513
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1514 :let uk2nl.four = 'vier'
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1515 :echo uk2nl
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1516 < {'three': 'drie', 'four': 'vier', 'one': 'een', 'two': 'twee'} ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1517
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1518 And now for something special: you can directly define a function and store a
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1519 reference to it in the dictionary: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1520
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1521 :function uk2nl.translate(line) dict
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1522 : return join(map(split(a:line), 'get(self, v:val, "???")'))
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1523 :endfunction
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1524
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1525 Let's first try it out: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1526
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1527 :echo uk2nl.translate('three two five one')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1528 < drie twee ??? een ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1529
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1530 The first special thing you notice is the "dict" at the end of the ":function"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1531 line. This marks the function as being used from a Dictionary. The "self"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1532 local variable will then refer to that Dictionary.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1533 Now let's break up the complicated return command: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1534
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1535 split(a:line)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1536
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
1537 The split() function takes a string, chops it into whitespace separated words
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1538 and returns a list with these words. Thus in the example it returns: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1539
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1540 :echo split('three two five one')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1541 < ['three', 'two', 'five', 'one'] ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1542
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1543 This list is the first argument to the map() function. This will go through
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1544 the list, evaluating its second argument with "v:val" set to the value of each
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1545 item. This is a shortcut to using a for loop. This command: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1546
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1547 :let alist = map(split(a:line), 'get(self, v:val, "???")')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1548
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1549 Is equivalent to: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1550
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1551 :let alist = split(a:line)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1552 :for idx in range(len(alist))
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1553 : let alist[idx] = get(self, alist[idx], "???")
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1554 :endfor
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1555
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1556 The get() function checks if a key is present in a Dictionary. If it is, then
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1557 the value is retrieved. If it isn't, then the default value is returned, in
164
8b0ee9d57d7f updated for version 7.0050
vimboss
parents: 161
diff changeset
1558 the example it's '???'. This is a convenient way to handle situations where a
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1559 key may not be present and you don't want an error message.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1560
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1561 The join() function does the opposite of split(): it joins together a list of
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1562 words, putting a space in between.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1563 This combination of split(), map() and join() is a nice way to filter a line
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1564 of words in a very compact way.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1565
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1566
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1567 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1568
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1569 Now that you can put both values and functions in a Dictionary, you can
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1570 actually use a Dictionary like an object.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1571 Above we used a Dictionary for translating Dutch to English. We might want
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1572 to do the same for other languages. Let's first make an object (aka
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1573 Dictionary) that has the translate function, but no words to translate: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1574
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1575 :let transdict = {}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1576 :function transdict.translate(line) dict
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1577 : return join(map(split(a:line), 'get(self.words, v:val, "???")'))
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1578 :endfunction
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1579
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1580 It's slightly different from the function above, using 'self.words' to lookup
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1581 word translations. But we don't have a self.words. Thus you could call this
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1582 an abstract class.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1583
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1584 Now we can instantiate a Dutch translation object: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1585
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1586 :let uk2nl = copy(transdict)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1587 :let uk2nl.words = {'one': 'een', 'two': 'twee', 'three': 'drie'}
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1588 :echo uk2nl.translate('three one')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1589 < drie een ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1590
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1591 And a German translator: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1592
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1593 :let uk2de = copy(transdict)
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1594 :let uk2de.words = {'one': 'eins', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1595 :echo uk2de.translate('three one')
9286
64035abb986b commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c95a302a4c42ec8230473cd4a5e0064d0a143aa8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 9227
diff changeset
1596 < drei eins ~
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1597
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1598 You see that the copy() function is used to make a copy of the "transdict"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1599 Dictionary and then the copy is changed to add the words. The original
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1600 remains the same, of course.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1601
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1602 Now you can go one step further, and use your preferred translator: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1603
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1604 :if $LANG =~ "de"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1605 : let trans = uk2de
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1606 :else
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1607 : let trans = uk2nl
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1608 :endif
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1609 :echo trans.translate('one two three')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1610 < een twee drie ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1611
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1612 Here "trans" refers to one of the two objects (Dictionaries). No copy is
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1613 made. More about List and Dictionary identity can be found at |list-identity|
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1614 and |dict-identity|.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1615
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1616 Now you might use a language that isn't supported. You can overrule the
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1617 translate() function to do nothing: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1618
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1619 :let uk2uk = copy(transdict)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1620 :function! uk2uk.translate(line)
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1621 : return a:line
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1622 :endfunction
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1623 :echo uk2uk.translate('three one wladiwostok')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1624 < three one wladiwostok ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1625
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1626 Notice that a ! was used to overwrite the existing function reference. Now
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1627 use "uk2uk" when no recognized language is found: >
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1628
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1629 :if $LANG =~ "de"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1630 : let trans = uk2de
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1631 :elseif $LANG =~ "nl"
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1632 : let trans = uk2nl
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1633 :else
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1634 : let trans = uk2uk
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1635 :endif
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1636 :echo trans.translate('one two three')
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1637 < one two three ~
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1638
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1639 For further reading see |Lists| and |Dictionaries|.
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1640
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1641 ==============================================================================
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1642 *41.9* Exceptions
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1643
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1644 Let's start with an example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1645
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1646 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1647 : read ~/templates/pascal.tmpl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1648 :catch /E484:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1649 : echo "Sorry, the Pascal template file cannot be found."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1650 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1651
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1652 The ":read" command will fail if the file does not exist. Instead of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1653 generating an error message, this code catches the error and gives the user a
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
1654 nice message.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1655
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1656 For the commands in between ":try" and ":endtry" errors are turned into
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1657 exceptions. An exception is a string. In the case of an error the string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1658 contains the error message. And every error message has a number. In this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1659 case, the error we catch contains "E484:". This number is guaranteed to stay
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1660 the same (the text may change, e.g., it may be translated).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1661
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1662 When the ":read" command causes another error, the pattern "E484:" will not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1663 match in it. Thus this exception will not be caught and result in the usual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1664 error message.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1665
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1666 You might be tempted to do this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1667
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1668 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1669 : read ~/templates/pascal.tmpl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1670 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1671 : echo "Sorry, the Pascal template file cannot be found."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1672 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1674 This means all errors are caught. But then you will not see errors that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1675 useful, such as "E21: Cannot make changes, 'modifiable' is off".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1676
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1677 Another useful mechanism is the ":finally" command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1678
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1679 :let tmp = tempname()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1680 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1681 : exe ".,$write " . tmp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1682 : exe "!filter " . tmp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1683 : .,$delete
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1684 : exe "$read " . tmp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1685 :finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1686 : call delete(tmp)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1687 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1688
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1689 This filters the lines from the cursor until the end of the file through the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1690 "filter" command, which takes a file name argument. No matter if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1691 filtering works, something goes wrong in between ":try" and ":finally" or the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1692 user cancels the filtering by pressing CTRL-C, the "call delete(tmp)" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1693 always executed. This makes sure you don't leave the temporary file behind.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1694
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1695 More information about exception handling can be found in the reference
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1696 manual: |exception-handling|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1697
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1698 ==============================================================================
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1699 *41.10* Various remarks
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1700
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1701 Here is a summary of items that apply to Vim scripts. They are also mentioned
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1702 elsewhere, but form a nice checklist.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1704 The end-of-line character depends on the system. For Unix a single <NL>
18912
ccd16426a1f9 patch 8.2.0017: OS/2 and MS-DOS are still mentioned
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 18879
diff changeset
1705 character is used. For MS-Windows and the like, <CR><LF> is used. This is
ccd16426a1f9 patch 8.2.0017: OS/2 and MS-DOS are still mentioned
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 18879
diff changeset
1706 important when using mappings that end in a <CR>. See |:source_crnl|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1708
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1709 WHITE SPACE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1710
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1711 Blank lines are allowed and ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1712
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1713 Leading whitespace characters (blanks and TABs) are always ignored. The
11062
1218c5353e2b Runtime file updates.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 10734
diff changeset
1714 whitespaces between parameters (e.g. between the "set" and the "cpoptions" in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1715 the example below) are reduced to one blank character and plays the role of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1716 separator, the whitespaces after the last (visible) character may or may not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1717 be ignored depending on the situation, see below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1718
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1719 For a ":set" command involving the "=" (equal) sign, such as in: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1720
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1721 :set cpoptions =aABceFst
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1722
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1723 the whitespace immediately before the "=" sign is ignored. But there can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1724 no whitespace after the "=" sign!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1725
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1726 To include a whitespace character in the value of an option, it must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1727 escaped by a "\" (backslash) as in the following example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1728
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1729 :set tags=my\ nice\ file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1730
2709
b01a37ab556b Runtime file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2698
diff changeset
1731 The same example written as: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1732
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1733 :set tags=my nice file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1734
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1735 will issue an error, because it is interpreted as: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1736
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1737 :set tags=my
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1738 :set nice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1739 :set file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1740
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1741
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1742 COMMENTS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1743
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1744 The character " (the double quote mark) starts a comment. Everything after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1745 and including this character until the end-of-line is considered a comment and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1746 is ignored, except for commands that don't consider comments, as shown in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1747 examples below. A comment can start on any character position on the line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1748
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1749 There is a little "catch" with comments for some commands. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1751 :abbrev dev development " shorthand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1752 :map <F3> o#include " insert include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1753 :execute cmd " do it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1754 :!ls *.c " list C files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1755
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1756 The abbreviation 'dev' will be expanded to 'development " shorthand'. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1757 mapping of <F3> will actually be the whole line after the 'o# ....' including
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1758 the '" insert include'. The "execute" command will give an error. The "!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1759 command will send everything after it to the shell, causing an error for an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1760 unmatched '"' character.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1761 There can be no comment after ":map", ":abbreviate", ":execute" and "!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1762 commands (there are a few more commands with this restriction). For the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1763 ":map", ":abbreviate" and ":execute" commands there is a trick: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1764
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1765 :abbrev dev development|" shorthand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1766 :map <F3> o#include|" insert include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1767 :execute cmd |" do it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1769 With the '|' character the command is separated from the next one. And that
1146
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1770 next command is only a comment. For the last command you need to do two
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1771 things: |:execute| and use '|': >
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1772 :exe '!ls *.c' |" list C files
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1773
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1774 Notice that there is no white space before the '|' in the abbreviation and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1775 mapping. For these commands, any character until the end-of-line or '|' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1776 included. As a consequence of this behavior, you don't always see that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1777 trailing whitespace is included: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1779 :map <F4> o#include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1780
1146
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1781 To spot these problems, you can set the 'list' option when editing vimrc
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1782 files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1783
1146
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1784 For Unix there is one special way to comment a line, that allows making a Vim
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1785 script executable: >
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1786 #!/usr/bin/env vim -S
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1787 echo "this is a Vim script"
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1788 quit
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1789
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1790 The "#" command by itself lists a line with the line number. Adding an
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1791 exclamation mark changes it into doing nothing, so that you can add the shell
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1792 command to execute the rest of the file. |:#!| |-S|
0e8da252bda1 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 1104
diff changeset
1793
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1794
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1795 PITFALLS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1797 Even bigger problem arises in the following example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1798
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1799 :map ,ab o#include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1800 :unmap ,ab
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1801
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1802 Here the unmap command will not work, because it tries to unmap ",ab ". This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1803 does not exist as a mapped sequence. An error will be issued, which is very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1804 hard to identify, because the ending whitespace character in ":unmap ,ab " is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1805 not visible.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1806
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1807 And this is the same as what happens when one uses a comment after an 'unmap'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1808 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1809
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1810 :unmap ,ab " comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1811
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1812 Here the comment part will be ignored. However, Vim will try to unmap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1813 ',ab ', which does not exist. Rewrite it as: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1815 :unmap ,ab| " comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1816
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1817
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1818 RESTORING THE VIEW
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1819
3893
c3036f1dca68 Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3830
diff changeset
1820 Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where the cursor was.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1821 Restoring the relative position would also be nice, so that the same line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1822 appears at the top of the window.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1823 This example yanks the current line, puts it above the first line in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1824 file and then restores the view: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1825
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1826 map ,p ma"aYHmbgg"aP`bzt`a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1828 What this does: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1829 ma"aYHmbgg"aP`bzt`a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1830 < ma set mark a at cursor position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1831 "aY yank current line into register a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1832 Hmb go to top line in window and set mark b there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1833 gg go to first line in file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1834 "aP put the yanked line above it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1835 `b go back to top line in display
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1836 zt position the text in the window as before
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1837 `a go back to saved cursor position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1838
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1839
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1840 PACKAGING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1841
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1842 To avoid your function names to interfere with functions that you get from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1843 others, use this scheme:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1844 - Prepend a unique string before each function name. I often use an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1845 abbreviation. For example, "OW_" is used for the option window functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1846 - Put the definition of your functions together in a file. Set a global
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1847 variable to indicate that the functions have been loaded. When sourcing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1848 file again, first unload the functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1849 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1850
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1851 " This is the XXX package
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1852
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1853 if exists("XXX_loaded")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1854 delfun XXX_one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1855 delfun XXX_two
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1856 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1858 function XXX_one(a)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1859 ... body of function ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1860 endfun
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1861
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1862 function XXX_two(b)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1863 ... body of function ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1864 endfun
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1865
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1866 let XXX_loaded = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1867
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1868 ==============================================================================
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
1869 *41.11* Writing a plugin *write-plugin*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1870
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1871 You can write a Vim script in such a way that many people can use it. This is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1872 called a plugin. Vim users can drop your script in their plugin directory and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1873 use its features right away |add-plugin|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1874
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1875 There are actually two types of plugins:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1876
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1877 global plugins: For all types of files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1878 filetype plugins: Only for files of a specific type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1879
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1880 In this section the first type is explained. Most items are also relevant for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1881 writing filetype plugins. The specifics for filetype plugins are in the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1882 section |write-filetype-plugin|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1883
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1885 NAME
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1887 First of all you must choose a name for your plugin. The features provided
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1888 by the plugin should be clear from its name. And it should be unlikely that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1889 someone else writes a plugin with the same name but which does something
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1890 different. And please limit the name to 8 characters, to avoid problems on
18912
ccd16426a1f9 patch 8.2.0017: OS/2 and MS-DOS are still mentioned
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents: 18879
diff changeset
1891 old MS-Windows systems.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1893 A script that corrects typing mistakes could be called "typecorr.vim". We
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1894 will use it here as an example.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1895
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1896 For the plugin to work for everybody, it should follow a few guidelines. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1897 will be explained step-by-step. The complete example plugin is at the end.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1899
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1900 BODY
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1901
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1902 Let's start with the body of the plugin, the lines that do the actual work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1903
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1904 14 iabbrev teh the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1905 15 iabbrev otehr other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1906 16 iabbrev wnat want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1907 17 iabbrev synchronisation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1908 18 \ synchronization
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1909 19 let s:count = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1910
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1911 The actual list should be much longer, of course.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1913 The line numbers have only been added to explain a few things, don't put them
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1914 in your plugin file!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1917 HEADER
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1918
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1919 You will probably add new corrections to the plugin and soon have several
3830
04592728474a Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3445
diff changeset
1920 versions lying around. And when distributing this file, people will want to
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1921 know who wrote this wonderful plugin and where they can send remarks.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1922 Therefore, put a header at the top of your plugin: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1923
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1924 1 " Vim global plugin for correcting typing mistakes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1925 2 " Last Change: 2000 Oct 15
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1926 3 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1927
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1928 About copyright and licensing: Since plugins are very useful and it's hardly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1929 worth restricting their distribution, please consider making your plugin
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1930 either public domain or use the Vim |license|. A short note about this near
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1931 the top of the plugin should be sufficient. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1932
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1933 4 " License: This file is placed in the public domain.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1934
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1935
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1936 LINE CONTINUATION, AVOIDING SIDE EFFECTS *use-cpo-save*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1937
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1938 In line 18 above, the line-continuation mechanism is used |line-continuation|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1939 Users with 'compatible' set will run into trouble here, they will get an error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1940 message. We can't just reset 'compatible', because that has a lot of side
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1941 effects. To avoid this, we will set the 'cpoptions' option to its Vim default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1942 value and restore it later. That will allow the use of line-continuation and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1943 make the script work for most people. It is done like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1944
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1945 11 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1946 12 set cpo&vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1947 ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1948 42 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
3445
2cfb68fa26cd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3237
diff changeset
1949 43 unlet s:save_cpo
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1950
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1951 We first store the old value of 'cpoptions' in the s:save_cpo variable. At
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1952 the end of the plugin this value is restored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1953
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1954 Notice that a script-local variable is used |s:var|. A global variable could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1955 already be in use for something else. Always use script-local variables for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1956 things that are only used in the script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1957
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1959 NOT LOADING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1960
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1961 It's possible that a user doesn't always want to load this plugin. Or the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1962 system administrator has dropped it in the system-wide plugin directory, but a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1963 user has his own plugin he wants to use. Then the user must have a chance to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1964 disable loading this specific plugin. This will make it possible: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1965
2325
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1966 6 if exists("g:loaded_typecorr")
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1967 7 finish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1968 8 endif
2325
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1969 9 let g:loaded_typecorr = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1970
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1971 This also avoids that when the script is loaded twice it would cause error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1972 messages for redefining functions and cause trouble for autocommands that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1973 added twice.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1974
2325
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1975 The name is recommended to start with "loaded_" and then the file name of the
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1976 plugin, literally. The "g:" is prepended just to avoid mistakes when using
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1977 the variable in a function (without "g:" it would be a variable local to the
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1978 function).
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1979
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1980 Using "finish" stops Vim from reading the rest of the file, it's much quicker
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1981 than using if-endif around the whole file.
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
1982
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1983
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1984 MAPPING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1985
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1986 Now let's make the plugin more interesting: We will add a mapping that adds a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1987 correction for the word under the cursor. We could just pick a key sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1988 for this mapping, but the user might already use it for something else. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1989 allow the user to define which keys a mapping in a plugin uses, the <Leader>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1990 item can be used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1991
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1992 22 map <unique> <Leader>a <Plug>TypecorrAdd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1993
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1994 The "<Plug>TypecorrAdd" thing will do the work, more about that further on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1995
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1996 The user can set the "mapleader" variable to the key sequence that he wants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1997 this mapping to start with. Thus if the user has done: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1998
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1999 let mapleader = "_"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2001 the mapping will define "_a". If the user didn't do this, the default value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2002 will be used, which is a backslash. Then a map for "\a" will be defined.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2004 Note that <unique> is used, this will cause an error message if the mapping
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2005 already happened to exist. |:map-<unique>|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2006
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2007 But what if the user wants to define his own key sequence? We can allow that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2008 with this mechanism: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2009
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2010 21 if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2011 22 map <unique> <Leader>a <Plug>TypecorrAdd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2012 23 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2013
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2014 This checks if a mapping to "<Plug>TypecorrAdd" already exists, and only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2015 defines the mapping from "<Leader>a" if it doesn't. The user then has a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2016 chance of putting this in his vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2017
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2018 map ,c <Plug>TypecorrAdd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2019
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2020 Then the mapped key sequence will be ",c" instead of "_a" or "\a".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2021
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2022
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2023 PIECES
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2024
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2025 If a script gets longer, you often want to break up the work in pieces. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2026 can use functions or mappings for this. But you don't want these functions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2027 and mappings to interfere with the ones from other scripts. For example, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2028 could define a function Add(), but another script could try to define the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2029 function. To avoid this, we define the function local to the script by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2030 prepending it with "s:".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2031
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2032 We will define a function that adds a new typing correction: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2033
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2034 30 function s:Add(from, correct)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2035 31 let to = input("type the correction for " . a:from . ": ")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2036 32 exe ":iabbrev " . a:from . " " . to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2037 ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2038 36 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2039
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2040 Now we can call the function s:Add() from within this script. If another
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2041 script also defines s:Add(), it will be local to that script and can only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2042 be called from the script it was defined in. There can also be a global Add()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2043 function (without the "s:"), which is again another function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2045 <SID> can be used with mappings. It generates a script ID, which identifies
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2046 the current script. In our typing correction plugin we use it like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2047
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2048 24 noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd <SID>Add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2049 ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2050 28 noremap <SID>Add :call <SID>Add(expand("<cword>"), 1)<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2051
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2052 Thus when a user types "\a", this sequence is invoked: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2053
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2054 \a -> <Plug>TypecorrAdd -> <SID>Add -> :call <SID>Add()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2055
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2056 If another script would also map <SID>Add, it would get another script ID and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2057 thus define another mapping.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2058
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2059 Note that instead of s:Add() we use <SID>Add() here. That is because the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2060 mapping is typed by the user, thus outside of the script. The <SID> is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2061 translated to the script ID, so that Vim knows in which script to look for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2062 the Add() function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2063
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2064 This is a bit complicated, but it's required for the plugin to work together
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2065 with other plugins. The basic rule is that you use <SID>Add() in mappings and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2066 s:Add() in other places (the script itself, autocommands, user commands).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2067
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2068 We can also add a menu entry to do the same as the mapping: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2069
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2070 26 noremenu <script> Plugin.Add\ Correction <SID>Add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2071
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2072 The "Plugin" menu is recommended for adding menu items for plugins. In this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2073 case only one item is used. When adding more items, creating a submenu is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2074 recommended. For example, "Plugin.CVS" could be used for a plugin that offers
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2075 CVS operations "Plugin.CVS.checkin", "Plugin.CVS.checkout", etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2076
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2077 Note that in line 28 ":noremap" is used to avoid that any other mappings cause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2078 trouble. Someone may have remapped ":call", for example. In line 24 we also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2079 use ":noremap", but we do want "<SID>Add" to be remapped. This is why
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2080 "<script>" is used here. This only allows mappings which are local to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2081 script. |:map-<script>| The same is done in line 26 for ":noremenu".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2082 |:menu-<script>|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2084
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2085 <SID> AND <Plug> *using-<Plug>*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2086
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2087 Both <SID> and <Plug> are used to avoid that mappings of typed keys interfere
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2088 with mappings that are only to be used from other mappings. Note the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2089 difference between using <SID> and <Plug>:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2090
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2091 <Plug> is visible outside of the script. It is used for mappings which the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2092 user might want to map a key sequence to. <Plug> is a special code
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2093 that a typed key will never produce.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2094 To make it very unlikely that other plugins use the same sequence of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2095 characters, use this structure: <Plug> scriptname mapname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2096 In our example the scriptname is "Typecorr" and the mapname is "Add".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2097 This results in "<Plug>TypecorrAdd". Only the first character of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2098 scriptname and mapname is uppercase, so that we can see where mapname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2099 starts.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2101 <SID> is the script ID, a unique identifier for a script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2102 Internally Vim translates <SID> to "<SNR>123_", where "123" can be any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2103 number. Thus a function "<SID>Add()" will have a name "<SNR>11_Add()"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2104 in one script, and "<SNR>22_Add()" in another. You can see this if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2105 you use the ":function" command to get a list of functions. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2106 translation of <SID> in mappings is exactly the same, that's how you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2107 can call a script-local function from a mapping.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2108
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2109
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2110 USER COMMAND
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2111
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2112 Now let's add a user command to add a correction: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2113
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2114 38 if !exists(":Correct")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2115 39 command -nargs=1 Correct :call s:Add(<q-args>, 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2116 40 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2117
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2118 The user command is defined only if no command with the same name already
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2119 exists. Otherwise we would get an error here. Overriding the existing user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2120 command with ":command!" is not a good idea, this would probably make the user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2121 wonder why the command he defined himself doesn't work. |:command|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2122
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2124 SCRIPT VARIABLES
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2125
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2126 When a variable starts with "s:" it is a script variable. It can only be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2127 inside a script. Outside the script it's not visible. This avoids trouble
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2128 with using the same variable name in different scripts. The variables will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2129 kept as long as Vim is running. And the same variables are used when sourcing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2130 the same script again. |s:var|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2131
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2132 The fun is that these variables can also be used in functions, autocommands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2133 and user commands that are defined in the script. In our example we can add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2134 a few lines to count the number of corrections: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2135
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2136 19 let s:count = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2137 ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2138 30 function s:Add(from, correct)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2139 ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2140 34 let s:count = s:count + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2141 35 echo s:count . " corrections now"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2142 36 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2144 First s:count is initialized to 4 in the script itself. When later the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2145 s:Add() function is called, it increments s:count. It doesn't matter from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2146 where the function was called, since it has been defined in the script, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2147 will use the local variables from this script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2148
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2149
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2150 THE RESULT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2152 Here is the resulting complete example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2153
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2154 1 " Vim global plugin for correcting typing mistakes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2155 2 " Last Change: 2000 Oct 15
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2156 3 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2157 4 " License: This file is placed in the public domain.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2158 5
2325
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
2159 6 if exists("g:loaded_typecorr")
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2160 7 finish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2161 8 endif
2325
f177a6431514 Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2301
diff changeset
2162 9 let g:loaded_typecorr = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2163 10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2164 11 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2165 12 set cpo&vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2166 13
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2167 14 iabbrev teh the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2168 15 iabbrev otehr other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2169 16 iabbrev wnat want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2170 17 iabbrev synchronisation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2171 18 \ synchronization
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2172 19 let s:count = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2173 20
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2174 21 if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2175 22 map <unique> <Leader>a <Plug>TypecorrAdd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2176 23 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2177 24 noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd <SID>Add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2178 25
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2179 26 noremenu <script> Plugin.Add\ Correction <SID>Add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2180 27
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2181 28 noremap <SID>Add :call <SID>Add(expand("<cword>"), 1)<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2182 29
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2183 30 function s:Add(from, correct)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2184 31 let to = input("type the correction for " . a:from . ": ")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2185 32 exe ":iabbrev " . a:from . " " . to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2186 33 if a:correct | exe "normal viws\<C-R>\" \b\e" | endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2187 34 let s:count = s:count + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2188 35 echo s:count . " corrections now"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2189 36 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2190 37
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2191 38 if !exists(":Correct")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2192 39 command -nargs=1 Correct :call s:Add(<q-args>, 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2193 40 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2194 41
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2195 42 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
3445
2cfb68fa26cd Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 3237
diff changeset
2196 43 unlet s:save_cpo
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2198 Line 33 wasn't explained yet. It applies the new correction to the word under
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2199 the cursor. The |:normal| command is used to use the new abbreviation. Note
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2200 that mappings and abbreviations are expanded here, even though the function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2201 was called from a mapping defined with ":noremap".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2202
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2203 Using "unix" for the 'fileformat' option is recommended. The Vim scripts will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2204 then work everywhere. Scripts with 'fileformat' set to "dos" do not work on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2205 Unix. Also see |:source_crnl|. To be sure it is set right, do this before
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2206 writing the file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2208 :set fileformat=unix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2210
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2211 DOCUMENTATION *write-local-help*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2213 It's a good idea to also write some documentation for your plugin. Especially
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2214 when its behavior can be changed by the user. See |add-local-help| for how
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2215 they are installed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2216
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Here is a simple example for a plugin help file, called "typecorr.txt": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2218
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2219 1 *typecorr.txt* Plugin for correcting typing mistakes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2220 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2221 3 If you make typing mistakes, this plugin will have them corrected
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2222 4 automatically.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2223 5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2224 6 There are currently only a few corrections. Add your own if you like.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2225 7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2226 8 Mappings:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2227 9 <Leader>a or <Plug>TypecorrAdd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2228 10 Add a correction for the word under the cursor.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2229 11
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2230 12 Commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2231 13 :Correct {word}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2232 14 Add a correction for {word}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2233 15
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2234 16 *typecorr-settings*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2235 17 This plugin doesn't have any settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2237 The first line is actually the only one for which the format matters. It will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2238 be extracted from the help file to be put in the "LOCAL ADDITIONS:" section of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2239 help.txt |local-additions|. The first "*" must be in the first column of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2240 first line. After adding your help file do ":help" and check that the entries
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2241 line up nicely.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2243 You can add more tags inside ** in your help file. But be careful not to use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2244 existing help tags. You would probably use the name of your plugin in most of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2245 them, like "typecorr-settings" in the example.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2246
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2247 Using references to other parts of the help in || is recommended. This makes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2248 it easy for the user to find associated help.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2251 FILETYPE DETECTION *plugin-filetype*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2253 If your filetype is not already detected by Vim, you should create a filetype
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2254 detection snippet in a separate file. It is usually in the form of an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2255 autocommand that sets the filetype when the file name matches a pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2256 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2257
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2258 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.foo set filetype=foofoo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2259
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2260 Write this single-line file as "ftdetect/foofoo.vim" in the first directory
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2261 that appears in 'runtimepath'. For Unix that would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2262 "~/.vim/ftdetect/foofoo.vim". The convention is to use the name of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2263 filetype for the script name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2265 You can make more complicated checks if you like, for example to inspect the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2266 contents of the file to recognize the language. Also see |new-filetype|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2267
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2269 SUMMARY *plugin-special*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2271 Summary of special things to use in a plugin:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2272
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2273 s:name Variables local to the script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2275 <SID> Script-ID, used for mappings and functions local to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2276 the script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2278 hasmapto() Function to test if the user already defined a mapping
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2279 for functionality the script offers.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2280
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2281 <Leader> Value of "mapleader", which the user defines as the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2282 keys that plugin mappings start with.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2283
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2284 :map <unique> Give a warning if a mapping already exists.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2285
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2286 :noremap <script> Use only mappings local to the script, not global
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2287 mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2288
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2289 exists(":Cmd") Check if a user command already exists.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2290
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2291 ==============================================================================
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
2292 *41.12* Writing a filetype plugin *write-filetype-plugin* *ftplugin*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2293
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2294 A filetype plugin is like a global plugin, except that it sets options and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2295 defines mappings for the current buffer only. See |add-filetype-plugin| for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2296 how this type of plugin is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2297
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
2298 First read the section on global plugins above |41.11|. All that is said there
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2299 also applies to filetype plugins. There are a few extras, which are explained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2300 here. The essential thing is that a filetype plugin should only have an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2301 effect on the current buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2302
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2304 DISABLING
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2305
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2306 If you are writing a filetype plugin to be used by many people, they need a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2307 chance to disable loading it. Put this at the top of the plugin: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2308
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2309 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2310 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2311 finish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2312 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2313 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2314
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2315 This also needs to be used to avoid that the same plugin is executed twice for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2316 the same buffer (happens when using an ":edit" command without arguments).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2317
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2318 Now users can disable loading the default plugin completely by making a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2319 filetype plugin with only this line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2320
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2321 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2322
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2323 This does require that the filetype plugin directory comes before $VIMRUNTIME
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2324 in 'runtimepath'!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2325
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2326 If you do want to use the default plugin, but overrule one of the settings,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2327 you can write the different setting in a script: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2328
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2329 setlocal textwidth=70
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2330
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2331 Now write this in the "after" directory, so that it gets sourced after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2332 distributed "vim.vim" ftplugin |after-directory|. For Unix this would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2333 "~/.vim/after/ftplugin/vim.vim". Note that the default plugin will have set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2334 "b:did_ftplugin", but it is ignored here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2335
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2336
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2337 OPTIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2338
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2339 To make sure the filetype plugin only affects the current buffer use the >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2341 :setlocal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2342
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2343 command to set options. And only set options which are local to a buffer (see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2344 the help for the option to check that). When using |:setlocal| for global
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2345 options or options local to a window, the value will change for many buffers,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2346 and that is not what a filetype plugin should do.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2348 When an option has a value that is a list of flags or items, consider using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2349 "+=" and "-=" to keep the existing value. Be aware that the user may have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2350 changed an option value already. First resetting to the default value and
2698
b6471224d2af Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2662
diff changeset
2351 then changing it is often a good idea. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2353 :setlocal formatoptions& formatoptions+=ro
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2354
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2356 MAPPINGS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2358 To make sure mappings will only work in the current buffer use the >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2359
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2360 :map <buffer>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2361
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2362 command. This needs to be combined with the two-step mapping explained above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2363 An example of how to define functionality in a filetype plugin: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2365 if !hasmapto('<Plug>JavaImport')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2366 map <buffer> <unique> <LocalLeader>i <Plug>JavaImport
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2367 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2368 noremap <buffer> <unique> <Plug>JavaImport oimport ""<Left><Esc>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2369
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2370 |hasmapto()| is used to check if the user has already defined a map to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2371 <Plug>JavaImport. If not, then the filetype plugin defines the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2372 mapping. This starts with |<LocalLeader>|, which allows the user to select
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2373 the key(s) he wants filetype plugin mappings to start with. The default is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2374 backslash.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2375 "<unique>" is used to give an error message if the mapping already exists or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2376 overlaps with an existing mapping.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2377 |:noremap| is used to avoid that any other mappings that the user has defined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2378 interferes. You might want to use ":noremap <script>" to allow remapping
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2379 mappings defined in this script that start with <SID>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2380
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2381 The user must have a chance to disable the mappings in a filetype plugin,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2382 without disabling everything. Here is an example of how this is done for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2383 plugin for the mail filetype: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2385 " Add mappings, unless the user didn't want this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2386 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_mail_maps")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2387 " Quote text by inserting "> "
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2388 if !hasmapto('<Plug>MailQuote')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2389 vmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2390 nmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2391 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2392 vnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote :s/^/> /<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2393 nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote :.,$s/^/> /<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2394 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2395
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2396 Two global variables are used:
11262
214f228718cf Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11229
diff changeset
2397 |no_plugin_maps| disables mappings for all filetype plugins
214f228718cf Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 11229
diff changeset
2398 |no_mail_maps| disables mappings for the "mail" filetype
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2399
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2401 USER COMMANDS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2402
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2403 To add a user command for a specific file type, so that it can only be used in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2404 one buffer, use the "-buffer" argument to |:command|. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2405
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2406 :command -buffer Make make %:r.s
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2407
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2408
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2409 VARIABLES
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2411 A filetype plugin will be sourced for each buffer of the type it's for. Local
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2412 script variables |s:var| will be shared between all invocations. Use local
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2413 buffer variables |b:var| if you want a variable specifically for one buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2414
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2415
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2416 FUNCTIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2417
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2418 When defining a function, this only needs to be done once. But the filetype
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2419 plugin will be sourced every time a file with this filetype will be opened.
2207
b17bbfa96fa0 Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2154
diff changeset
2420 This construct makes sure the function is only defined once: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2421
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2422 :if !exists("*s:Func")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2423 : function s:Func(arg)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2424 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2425 : endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2426 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2427 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2428
8061
abd64cf67bcf commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/38a55639d603823efcf2d2fdf542dbffdeb60b75
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7924
diff changeset
2429 UNDO *undo_indent* *undo_ftplugin*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2430
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2431 When the user does ":setfiletype xyz" the effect of the previous filetype
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2432 should be undone. Set the b:undo_ftplugin variable to the commands that will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2433 undo the settings in your filetype plugin. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2434
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2435 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2436 \ . "| unlet b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2437
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Using ":setlocal" with "<" after the option name resets the option to its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2439 global value. That is mostly the best way to reset the option value.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2440
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2441 This does require removing the "C" flag from 'cpoptions' to allow line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2442 continuation, as mentioned above |use-cpo-save|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2443
8061
abd64cf67bcf commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/38a55639d603823efcf2d2fdf542dbffdeb60b75
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7924
diff changeset
2444 For undoing the effect of an indent script, the b:undo_indent variable should
abd64cf67bcf commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/38a55639d603823efcf2d2fdf542dbffdeb60b75
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7924
diff changeset
2445 be set accordingly.
abd64cf67bcf commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/38a55639d603823efcf2d2fdf542dbffdeb60b75
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 7924
diff changeset
2446
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2448 FILE NAME
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2449
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2450 The filetype must be included in the file name |ftplugin-name|. Use one of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2451 these three forms:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2453 .../ftplugin/stuff.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2454 .../ftplugin/stuff_foo.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2455 .../ftplugin/stuff/bar.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2457 "stuff" is the filetype, "foo" and "bar" are arbitrary names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2459
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2460 SUMMARY *ftplugin-special*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2461
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2462 Summary of special things to use in a filetype plugin:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2464 <LocalLeader> Value of "maplocalleader", which the user defines as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2465 the keys that filetype plugin mappings start with.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2466
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2467 :map <buffer> Define a mapping local to the buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2468
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2469 :noremap <script> Only remap mappings defined in this script that start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2470 with <SID>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2471
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2472 :setlocal Set an option for the current buffer only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2474 :command -buffer Define a user command local to the buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2475
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2476 exists("*s:Func") Check if a function was already defined.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2477
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Also see |plugin-special|, the special things used for all plugins.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2479
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2480 ==============================================================================
161
6df0106fc595 updated for version 7.0049
vimboss
parents: 158
diff changeset
2481 *41.13* Writing a compiler plugin *write-compiler-plugin*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2482
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2483 A compiler plugin sets options for use with a specific compiler. The user can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2484 load it with the |:compiler| command. The main use is to set the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2485 'errorformat' and 'makeprg' options.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2486
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Easiest is to have a look at examples. This command will edit all the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2488 compiler plugins: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2489
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2490 :next $VIMRUNTIME/compiler/*.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2491
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2492 Use |:next| to go to the next plugin file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2493
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2494 There are two special items about these files. First is a mechanism to allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2495 a user to overrule or add to the default file. The default files start with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2497 :if exists("current_compiler")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2498 : finish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2499 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2500 :let current_compiler = "mine"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2502 When you write a compiler file and put it in your personal runtime directory
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2503 (e.g., ~/.vim/compiler for Unix), you set the "current_compiler" variable to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2504 make the default file skip the settings.
570
27d1ec742f17 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 434
diff changeset
2505 *:CompilerSet*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2506 The second mechanism is to use ":set" for ":compiler!" and ":setlocal" for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2507 ":compiler". Vim defines the ":CompilerSet" user command for this. However,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2508 older Vim versions don't, thus your plugin should define it then. This is an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2509 example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2510
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2511 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2512 command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2513 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2514 CompilerSet errorformat& " use the default 'errorformat'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2515 CompilerSet makeprg=nmake
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2516
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2517 When you write a compiler plugin for the Vim distribution or for a system-wide
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2518 runtime directory, use the mechanism mentioned above. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2519 "current_compiler" was already set by a user plugin nothing will be done.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2520
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2521 When you write a compiler plugin to overrule settings from a default plugin,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2522 don't check "current_compiler". This plugin is supposed to be loaded
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2523 last, thus it should be in a directory at the end of 'runtimepath'. For Unix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2524 that could be ~/.vim/after/compiler.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2525
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2526 ==============================================================================
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2527 *41.14* Writing a plugin that loads quickly *write-plugin-quickload*
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2528
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2529 A plugin may grow and become quite long. The startup delay may become
1620
73fe8baea242 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1326
diff changeset
2530 noticeable, while you hardly ever use the plugin. Then it's time for a
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2531 quickload plugin.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2532
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2533 The basic idea is that the plugin is loaded twice. The first time user
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2534 commands and mappings are defined that offer the functionality. The second
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2535 time the functions that implement the functionality are defined.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2536
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2537 It may sound surprising that quickload means loading a script twice. What we
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2538 mean is that it loads quickly the first time, postponing the bulk of the
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2539 script to the second time, which only happens when you actually use it. When
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2540 you always use the functionality it actually gets slower!
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2541
793
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2542 Note that since Vim 7 there is an alternative: use the |autoload|
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2543 functionality |41.15|.
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2544
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2545 The following example shows how it's done: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2546
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2547 " Vim global plugin for demonstrating quick loading
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2548 " Last Change: 2005 Feb 25
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2549 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2550 " License: This file is placed in the public domain.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2551
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2552 if !exists("s:did_load")
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2553 command -nargs=* BNRead call BufNetRead(<f-args>)
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2554 map <F19> :call BufNetWrite('something')<CR>
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2555
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2556 let s:did_load = 1
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2557 exe 'au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ' . expand('<sfile>')
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2558 finish
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2559 endif
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2560
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2561 function BufNetRead(...)
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2562 echo 'BufNetRead(' . string(a:000) . ')'
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2563 " read functionality here
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2564 endfunction
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2565
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2566 function BufNetWrite(...)
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2567 echo 'BufNetWrite(' . string(a:000) . ')'
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2568 " write functionality here
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2569 endfunction
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2570
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2571 When the script is first loaded "s:did_load" is not set. The commands between
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2572 the "if" and "endif" will be executed. This ends in a |:finish| command, thus
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2573 the rest of the script is not executed.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2574
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2575 The second time the script is loaded "s:did_load" exists and the commands
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2576 after the "endif" are executed. This defines the (possible long)
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2577 BufNetRead() and BufNetWrite() functions.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2578
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2579 If you drop this script in your plugin directory Vim will execute it on
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2580 startup. This is the sequence of events that happens:
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2581
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2582 1. The "BNRead" command is defined and the <F19> key is mapped when the script
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2583 is sourced at startup. A |FuncUndefined| autocommand is defined. The
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2584 ":finish" command causes the script to terminate early.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2585
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2586 2. The user types the BNRead command or presses the <F19> key. The
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2587 BufNetRead() or BufNetWrite() function will be called.
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
2588
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2589 3. Vim can't find the function and triggers the |FuncUndefined| autocommand
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2590 event. Since the pattern "BufNet*" matches the invoked function, the
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2591 command "source fname" will be executed. "fname" will be equal to the name
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2592 of the script, no matter where it is located, because it comes from
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2593 expanding "<sfile>" (see |expand()|).
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2594
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2595 4. The script is sourced again, the "s:did_load" variable exists and the
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2596 functions are defined.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2597
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2598 Notice that the functions that are loaded afterwards match the pattern in the
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2599 |FuncUndefined| autocommand. You must make sure that no other plugin defines
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2600 functions that match this pattern.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2601
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2602 ==============================================================================
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2603 *41.15* Writing library scripts *write-library-script*
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2604
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2605 Some functionality will be required in several places. When this becomes more
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2606 than a few lines you will want to put it in one script and use it from many
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2607 scripts. We will call that one script a library script.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2608
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2609 Manually loading a library script is possible, so long as you avoid loading it
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2610 when it's already done. You can do this with the |exists()| function.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2611 Example: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2612
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2613 if !exists('*MyLibFunction')
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2614 runtime library/mylibscript.vim
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2615 endif
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2616 call MyLibFunction(arg)
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2617
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2618 Here you need to know that MyLibFunction() is defined in a script
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2619 "library/mylibscript.vim" in one of the directories in 'runtimepath'.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2620
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2621 To make this a bit simpler Vim offers the autoload mechanism. Then the
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2622 example looks like this: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2623
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2624 call mylib#myfunction(arg)
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2625
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2626 That's a lot simpler, isn't it? Vim will recognize the function name and when
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2627 it's not defined search for the script "autoload/mylib.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2628 That script must define the "mylib#myfunction()" function.
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2629
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2630 You can put many other functions in the mylib.vim script, you are free to
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2631 organize your functions in library scripts. But you must use function names
323
03b3684919e3 updated for version 7.0084
vimboss
parents: 270
diff changeset
2632 where the part before the '#' matches the script name. Otherwise Vim would
03b3684919e3 updated for version 7.0084
vimboss
parents: 270
diff changeset
2633 not know what script to load.
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2634
681
9364d114ed8d updated for version 7.0204
vimboss
parents: 667
diff changeset
2635 If you get really enthusiastic and write lots of library scripts, you may
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2636 want to use subdirectories. Example: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2637
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2638 call netlib#ftp#read('somefile')
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2639
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2640 For Unix the library script used for this could be:
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2641
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2642 ~/.vim/autoload/netlib/ftp.vim
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2643
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2644 Where the function is defined like this: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2645
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2646 function netlib#ftp#read(fname)
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2647 " Read the file fname through ftp
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2648 endfunction
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2649
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2650 Notice that the name the function is defined with is exactly the same as the
323
03b3684919e3 updated for version 7.0084
vimboss
parents: 270
diff changeset
2651 name used for calling the function. And the part before the last '#'
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2652 exactly matches the subdirectory and script name.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2653
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2654 You can use the same mechanism for variables: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2655
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2656 let weekdays = dutch#weekdays
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2657
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2658 This will load the script "autoload/dutch.vim", which should contain something
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2659 like: >
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2660
270
a20218704019 updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 230
diff changeset
2661 let dutch#weekdays = ['zondag', 'maandag', 'dinsdag', 'woensdag',
170
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2662 \ 'donderdag', 'vrijdag', 'zaterdag']
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2663
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2664 Further reading: |autoload|.
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2665
8c60f65311fa updated for version 7.0052
vimboss
parents: 164
diff changeset
2666 ==============================================================================
793
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2667 *41.16* Distributing Vim scripts *distribute-script*
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2668
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2669 Vim users will look for scripts on the Vim website: http://www.vim.org.
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2670 If you made something that is useful for others, share it!
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2671
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2672 Vim scripts can be used on any system. There might not be a tar or gzip
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2673 command. If you want to pack files together and/or compress them the "zip"
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2674 utility is recommended.
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2675
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2676 For utmost portability use Vim itself to pack scripts together. This can be
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2677 done with the Vimball utility. See |vimball|.
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2678
799
6beb2c667935 updated for version 7.0b
vimboss
parents: 793
diff changeset
2679 It's good if you add a line to allow automatic updating. See |glvs-plugins|.
6beb2c667935 updated for version 7.0b
vimboss
parents: 793
diff changeset
2680
793
8c0b00d50acf updated for version 7.0231
vimboss
parents: 681
diff changeset
2681 ==============================================================================
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2682
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2683 Next chapter: |usr_42.txt| Add new menus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2684
14519
5c5908e81e93 Update runtime files.
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents: 14004
diff changeset
2685 Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: